{"title":"Lighting Solution","description":"","products":[{"product_id":"adj-64","title":"ADJ-64 Adjuster for PAR Can (ADJ-64)","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: L-A --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: adj-64-adjuster-for-par-can.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title {  margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0;  font-size: 22px !important;  font-weight: 700;  line-height: 1.3;  color: #2C3E50 !important;  letter-spacing: 0;}.product-description h3 {  color: #2C3E50 !important;  font-size: 18px !important;  font-weight: bold;  margin-top: 1.5rem;  margin-bottom: 0.75rem;  line-height: 1.35;  letter-spacing: 0;}.product-description,.product-description p,.product-description li {  color: #222222 !important;}\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"ADJ-64\" data-color=\"Black\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe ADJ-64 is an adjuster bracket for KUPO PAR can fixtures, built to refine the angle and seating of a PAR 64 \/ 56 fixture after it is rigged. It is a small accessory, but it solves a real focus problem when the yoke and clamp position are close, yet the final beam angle still needs a cleaner set.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003ePAR rigs get handled hard, especially in touring and venue inventory. A dedicated adjuster helps the crew make the last aiming correction without forcing the fixture body, which keeps focus faster and makes the finished rig look more intentional.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003eSized for the KUPO PAR 64 \/ 56 family, covering the larger PAR cans most often used in stage and event rigs.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eAngle and seating adjustment helps refine final aim after the fixture is already clamped or hung.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eBlack finish keeps the bracket visually quiet around standard stage fixtures.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eWorks as part of a PAR accessory package alongside barndoors, sockets, and the PS-64 safety strap.\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eHost Fixture\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eDesigned for KUPO PAR 64 \/ 56 fixtures. The ADJ-64 handles final angle and seating adjustment, while the related PS-64 safety strap is specified separately when the rigging plot or venue requires secondary capture.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eA practical accessory for theatre PAR bars, touring PAR kits, rental-house maintenance stock, and venues where PAR cans need repeatable focus after frequent hang and strike cycles.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse with KUPO PAR 64 \/ 56 fixtures and specify PS-64 separately when a safety strap is required for the installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"ADJ-64 Adjuster for PAR Can (ADJ-64)\",  \"description\": \"The ADJ-64 is an adjuster bracket for KUPO PAR can fixtures, built to refine the angle and seating of a PAR 64 \/ 56 fixture after it is rigged. It is a small accessory, but it solves a real focus problem when the yoke and clamp position are close, yet the final beam angle still needs a cleaner set.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\"  },  \"category\": \"Lighting Solution \u003e Barndoors \u0026 PAR Accessories\",  \"sku\": \"ADJ-64\",  \"mpn\": \"ADJ-64\",  \"color\": \"Black\",  \"material\": \"Metal\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"PAR can adjuster bracket\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Accessory Application\",      \"value\": \"KUPO PAR 64 \/ 56 family\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Accessory Function\",      \"value\": \"Angle \/ seating adjuster\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Finish\",      \"value\": \"Black\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Related Accessory\",      \"value\": \"PS-64 safety strap\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-section {  margin-top: 2rem;}.kupo-faq-seo-item {  margin-bottom: 1.25rem;}.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 {  color: #2C3E50 !important;  font-size: 17px !important;  font-weight: 600;  margin-bottom: 0.4rem;  line-height: 1.35;  letter-spacing: 0;}.kupo-faq-seo-item p {  color: #222222 !important;  margin-top: 0;}\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-section\"\u003e  \u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eIs this a safety strap?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eNo. The ADJ-64 is for angle and seating adjustment. Use the PS-64 when the job also requires a secondary safety capture.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhen would I need this if the PAR already has a yoke?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eUse it when the yoke and clamp get the fixture close, but the final beam angle still needs a more controlled adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eDoes it fit smaller PAR 16 or PAR 20 fixtures?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eIt is specified for the PAR 64 \/ 56 family, so smaller PAR fixtures should use their own matched accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",  \"mainEntity\": [    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Is this a safety strap?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"No. The ADJ-64 is for angle and seating adjustment. Use the PS-64 when the job also requires a secondary safety capture.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"When would I need this if the PAR already has a yoke?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Use it when the yoke and clamp get the fixture close, but the final beam angle still needs a more controlled adjustment.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Does it fit smaller PAR 16 or PAR 20 fixtures?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"It is specified for the PAR 64 \/ 56 family, so smaller PAR fixtures should use their own matched accessories.\"      }    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Beam Control Accessory \/ Barndoor","offer_id":53907492307243,"sku":"ADJ-64","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/ADJ-64_b.jpg?v=1782110952"},{"product_id":"bdr-1000","title":"BDR-1000 4-Leaf Barndoor for CYC \/ FDL 1000 W (BDR-1000)","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: L-A --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: bdr-1000-4-leaf-barndoor-cyc-fdl-1000w.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title {  margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0;  font-size: 22px !important;  font-weight: 700;  line-height: 1.3;  color: #2C3E50 !important;  letter-spacing: 0;}.product-description h3 {  color: #2C3E50 !important;  font-size: 18px !important;  font-weight: bold;  margin-top: 1.5rem;  margin-bottom: 0.75rem;  line-height: 1.35;  letter-spacing: 0;}.product-description,.product-description p,.product-description li {  color: #222222 !important;}\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"BDR-1000\" data-color=\"Matt black\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe BDR-1000 is a 4-leaf barndoor for KUPO CYC-1000 \/ FDL-1000 fixtures, built to shape the wide wash from a cyclorama or flood light without adding separate flags. Its foldable, adjustable leaves mount at the fixture face, giving crew a practical way to hold top spill, side scatter, and unwanted light off nearby scenery.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e CYC and flood fixtures are meant to throw broad, even light, which also means spill can travel farther than expected. A correctly matched barndoor gives that wash an edge, making it easier to protect masking, legs, upstage surfaces, and camera-sensitive areas.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e692 x 332 mm outer dimensions match the 1000 W KUPO CYC \/ FDL accessory size instead of forcing a near-fit from another fixture class.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Four foldable leaves shape the wash at the fixture face, useful for top cuts and side containment on cyc rows.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eAdjustable blade direction gives crew more control when fixtures are used on the floor, overhead, or at an oblique angle.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eMatt black finish reduces reflections around bright flood and cyclorama fixtures.\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eHost Fixture\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eDesigned for KUPO CYC-1000 \/ FDL-1000. The folded reference is 758 x 266 mm, useful when planning storage and transport space. Use BDR-1000 for the high-output 1000 W fixtures and BDR-500 for the smaller 500 W CYC \/ FDL bodies.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eA practical fit for theatre cycloramas, broadcast backdrops, school stages, black-box venues, and flood-light area washes where the designer needs broad coverage with cleaner edges.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse with the listed KUPO CYC \/ FDL host fixtures and select the matching wattage family, BDR-500 for 500 W fixtures or BDR-1000 for 1000 W fixtures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"BDR-1000 4-Leaf Barndoor for CYC \/ FDL 1000 W (BDR-1000)\",  \"description\": \"The BDR-1000 is a 4-leaf barndoor for KUPO CYC-1000 \/ FDL-1000 fixtures, built to shape the wide wash from a cyclorama or flood light without adding separate flags. Its foldable, adjustable leaves mount at the fixture face, giving crew a practical way to hold top spill, side scatter, and unwanted light off nearby scenery.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\"  },  \"category\": \"Lighting Solution \u003e Barndoors \u0026 PAR Accessories\",  \"sku\": \"BDR-1000\",  \"mpn\": \"BDR-1000\",  \"color\": \"Matt black\",  \"material\": \"Metal\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"4-leaf barndoor\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Host Fixture\",      \"value\": \"KUPO CYC-1000 \/ FDL-1000\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Outer Dimensions\",      \"value\": \"692 x 332 mm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Folded Reference\",      \"value\": \"758 x 266 mm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Construction\",      \"value\": \"Foldable, adjustable blade direction\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Finish\",      \"value\": \"Matt black\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-section {  margin-top: 2rem;}.kupo-faq-seo-item {  margin-bottom: 1.25rem;}.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 {  color: #2C3E50 !important;  font-size: 17px !important;  font-weight: 600;  margin-bottom: 0.4rem;  line-height: 1.35;  letter-spacing: 0;}.kupo-faq-seo-item p {  color: #222222 !important;  margin-top: 0;}\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-section\"\u003e  \u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003e Can this make a CYC light behave like a profile spot?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eNo. It will not create a razor-sharp profile edge, but it gives useful spill control for a broad cyc or flood wash.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eHow do I choose between the 500 W and 1000 W barndoor sizes?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eMatch the barndoor to the host fixture family. Use BDR-500 for CYC-500 or FDL-500, and BDR-1000 for CYC-1000 or FDL-1000.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eIs it mainly for top spill or side spill?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eBoth. The four leaves can be adjusted independently, so crews can trim the top edge, side scatter, or a combination of both.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",  \"mainEntity\": [    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Can this make a CYC light behave like a profile spot?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"No. It will not create a razor-sharp profile edge, but it gives useful spill control for a broad cyc or flood wash.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"How do I choose between the 500 W and 1000 W barndoor sizes?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Match the barndoor to the host fixture family. Use BDR-500 for CYC-500 or FDL-500, and BDR-1000 for CYC-1000 or FDL-1000.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Is it mainly for top spill or side spill?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Both. The four leaves can be adjusted independently, so crews can trim the top edge, side scatter, or a combination of both.\"      }    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Beam Control Accessory \/ Barndoor","offer_id":53907492405547,"sku":"BDR-1000","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/BDR-1000_b.jpg?v=1782110954"},{"product_id":"bdr-16b","title":"BDR-16B 4-Leaf Barndoor for PAR 16 (BDR-16B)","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: L-A --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: bdr-16b-4-leaf-barndoor-par-16.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title {  margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0;  font-size: 22px !important;  font-weight: 700;  line-height: 1.3;  color: #2C3E50 !important;  letter-spacing: 0;}.product-description h3 {  color: #2C3E50 !important;  font-size: 18px !important;  font-weight: bold;  margin-top: 1.5rem;  margin-bottom: 0.75rem;  line-height: 1.35;  letter-spacing: 0;}.product-description,.product-description p,.product-description li {  color: #222222 !important;}\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"BDR-16B\" data-color=\"Black\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe BDR-16B is a 4-leaf barndoor sized for KUPO PAR 16 fixtures, giving lighting crews a direct way to trim spill at the fixture face. It uses a 205 mm gel-frame ring with foldable, adjustable blades, so the accessory installs like a color frame while giving more control over where the beam stops.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003ePAR cans are simple, durable fixtures, but their spill rarely lands exactly where the designer wants it. A correctly sized barndoor keeps the fixture useful in tighter spaces, especially when the rig has to protect masking, scenery, gallery walls, or camera edges from stray light.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e205 mm ring outside diameter is matched to the KUPO PAR 16 gel-frame opening for a clean accessory fit.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Four adjustable leaves let crew shape top, bottom, and side spill without changing the lamp, lens, or fixture position.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Foldable construction packs flatter in the case, which matters when a mixed PAR kit travels with multiple barndoor sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eBlack finish keeps the accessory visually quiet on stage and reduces unwanted reflections around the lens opening.\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eHost Fixture\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eDesigned for KUPO PAR 16. Blade dimensions are A 51 mm, B 83 mm, and C 73 mm, with the wider B and C leaves giving useful control over broad PAR spill. The BDR-PAR family covers PAR 16, 20, 30, 36, 46, 56, and 64, so mixed inventories can be matched fixture by fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eA useful accessory for theatre PAR rigs, club stages, display lighting, rental-house PAR kits, and small studio setups where crew need to contain spill without replacing the fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e Fits KUPO PAR 16 gel-frame slots; check the host fixture opening when matching to non-KUPO PAR cans because PAR body dimensions can vary by manufacturer and generation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"BDR-16B 4-Leaf Barndoor for PAR 16 (BDR-16B)\",  \"description\": \"The BDR-16B is a 4-leaf barndoor sized for KUPO PAR 16 fixtures, giving lighting crews a direct way to trim spill at the fixture face. It uses a 205 mm gel-frame ring with foldable, adjustable blades, so the accessory installs like a color frame while giving more control over where the beam stops.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\"  },  \"category\": \"Lighting Solution \u003e Barndoors \u0026 PAR Accessories\",  \"sku\": \"BDR-16B\",  \"mpn\": \"BDR-16B\",  \"color\": \"Black\",  \"material\": \"Lightweight metal\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"4-leaf barndoor\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Host Fixture\",      \"value\": \"KUPO PAR 16\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Ring Outside Diameter\",      \"value\": \"205 mm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Blade A\",      \"value\": \"51 mm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Blade B\",      \"value\": \"83 mm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Blade C\",      \"value\": \"73 mm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Construction\",      \"value\": \"Foldable, adjustable blade direction\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Finish\",      \"value\": \"Black\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-section {  margin-top: 2rem;}.kupo-faq-seo-item {  margin-bottom: 1.25rem;}.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 {  color: #2C3E50 !important;  font-size: 17px !important;  font-weight: 600;  margin-bottom: 0.4rem;  line-height: 1.35;  letter-spacing: 0;}.kupo-faq-seo-item p {  color: #222222 !important;  margin-top: 0;}\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-section\"\u003e  \u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWill this fit any PAR 16, or only a KUPO fixture?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eIt is sized for KUPO PAR 16. Other PAR cans may work if the gel-frame opening matches, but that should be checked before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhy use a barndoor instead of just turning the PAR slightly?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eTurning the fixture changes the beam center. A barndoor lets the crew keep the aim while trimming spill off scenery, masking, or the audience area.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eDoes it fold flat enough for rental inventory?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes. The leaves fold in for transport, which keeps mixed PAR barndoor sets easier to pack and count after a show.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",  \"mainEntity\": [    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Will this fit any PAR 16, or only a KUPO fixture?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"It is sized for KUPO PAR 16. Other PAR cans may work if the gel-frame opening matches, but that should be checked before ordering.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Why use a barndoor instead of just turning the PAR slightly?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Turning the fixture changes the beam center. A barndoor lets the crew keep the aim while trimming spill off scenery, masking, or the audience area.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Does it fold flat enough for rental inventory?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Yes. The leaves fold in for transport, which keeps mixed PAR barndoor sets easier to pack and count after a show.\"      }    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Beam Control Accessory \/ Barndoor","offer_id":53907492602155,"sku":"BDR-16B","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/BDR-16B_b.jpg?v=1782110955"},{"product_id":"bdr-16p","title":"BDR-16P 4-Leaf Barndoor for PAR 16 (BDR-16P)","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: L-A --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: bdr-16p-barndoor-for-par-16-polish.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title {  margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0;  font-size: 22px !important;  font-weight: 700;  line-height: 1.3;  color: #2C3E50 !important;  letter-spacing: 0;}.product-description h3 {  color: #2C3E50 !important;  font-size: 18px !important;  font-weight: bold;  margin-top: 1.5rem;  margin-bottom: 0.75rem;  line-height: 1.35;  letter-spacing: 0;}.product-description,.product-description p,.product-description li {  color: #222222 !important;}\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"BDR-16P\" data-color=\"Polish aluminum\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe BDR-16P is a 4-leaf barndoor sized for KUPO PAR 16 fixtures, giving lighting crews a direct way to trim spill at the fixture face. It uses a 205 mm gel-frame ring with foldable, adjustable blades, so the accessory installs like a color frame while giving more control over where the beam stops.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003ePAR cans are simple, durable fixtures, but their spill rarely lands exactly where the designer wants it. A correctly sized barndoor keeps the fixture useful in tighter spaces, especially when the rig has to protect masking, scenery, gallery walls, or camera edges from stray light.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e205 mm ring outside diameter is matched to the KUPO PAR 16 gel-frame opening for a clean accessory fit.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Four adjustable leaves let crew shape top, bottom, and side spill without changing the lamp, lens, or fixture position.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Foldable construction packs flatter in the case, which matters when a mixed PAR kit travels with multiple barndoor sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003ePolish aluminum finish keeps the accessory visually quiet on stage and reduces unwanted reflections around the lens opening.\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eHost Fixture\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eDesigned for KUPO PAR 16. Blade dimensions are A 51 mm, B 83 mm, and C 73 mm, with the wider B and C leaves giving useful control over broad PAR spill. The BDR-PAR family covers PAR 16, 20, 30, 36, 46, 56, and 64, so mixed inventories can be matched fixture by fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eA useful accessory for theatre PAR rigs, club stages, display lighting, rental-house PAR kits, and small studio setups where crew need to contain spill without replacing the fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e Fits KUPO PAR 16 gel-frame slots; check the host fixture opening when matching to non-KUPO PAR cans because PAR body dimensions can vary by manufacturer and generation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"BDR-16P 4-Leaf Barndoor for PAR 16 (BDR-16P)\",  \"description\": \"The BDR-16P is a 4-leaf barndoor sized for KUPO PAR 16 fixtures, giving lighting crews a direct way to trim spill at the fixture face. It uses a 205 mm gel-frame ring with foldable, adjustable blades, so the accessory installs like a color frame while giving more control over where the beam stops.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\"  },  \"category\": \"Lighting Solution \u003e Barndoors \u0026 PAR Accessories\",  \"sku\": \"BDR-16P\",  \"mpn\": \"BDR-16P\",  \"color\": \"Polish aluminum\",  \"material\": \"Aluminum\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"4-leaf barndoor\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Host Fixture\",      \"value\": \"KUPO PAR 16\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Ring Outside Diameter\",      \"value\": \"205 mm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Blade A\",      \"value\": \"51 mm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Blade B\",      \"value\": \"83 mm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Blade C\",      \"value\": \"73 mm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Construction\",      \"value\": \"Foldable, adjustable blade direction\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Finish\",      \"value\": \"Polish aluminum\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-section {  margin-top: 2rem;}.kupo-faq-seo-item {  margin-bottom: 1.25rem;}.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 {  color: #2C3E50 !important;  font-size: 17px !important;  font-weight: 600;  margin-bottom: 0.4rem;  line-height: 1.35;  letter-spacing: 0;}.kupo-faq-seo-item p {  color: #222222 !important;  margin-top: 0;}\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-section\"\u003e  \u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWill this fit any PAR 16, or only a KUPO fixture?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eIt is sized for KUPO PAR 16. Other PAR cans may work if the gel-frame opening matches, but that should be checked before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhy use a barndoor instead of just turning the PAR slightly?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eTurning the fixture changes the beam center. A barndoor lets the crew keep the aim while trimming spill off scenery, masking, or the audience area.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eDoes it fold flat enough for rental inventory?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes. The leaves fold in for transport, which keeps mixed PAR barndoor sets easier to pack and count after a show.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",  \"mainEntity\": [    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Will this fit any PAR 16, or only a KUPO fixture?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"It is sized for KUPO PAR 16. Other PAR cans may work if the gel-frame opening matches, but that should be checked before ordering.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Why use a barndoor instead of just turning the PAR slightly?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Turning the fixture changes the beam center. A barndoor lets the crew keep the aim while trimming spill off scenery, masking, or the audience area.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Does it fold flat enough for rental inventory?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Yes. The leaves fold in for transport, which keeps mixed PAR barndoor sets easier to pack and count after a show.\"      }    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Beam Control Accessory \/ Barndoor","offer_id":53907492700459,"sku":"BDR-16P","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/BDR-16P_b.jpg?v=1782110956"},{"product_id":"bdr-20b","title":"BDR-20B 4-Leaf Barndoor for PAR 20 (BDR-20B)","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: L-A --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: bdr-20b-4-leaf-barndoor-par-20.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title {  margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0;  font-size: 22px !important;  font-weight: 700;  line-height: 1.3;  color: #2C3E50 !important;  letter-spacing: 0;}.product-description h3 {  color: #2C3E50 !important;  font-size: 18px !important;  font-weight: bold;  margin-top: 1.5rem;  margin-bottom: 0.75rem;  line-height: 1.35;  letter-spacing: 0;}.product-description,.product-description p,.product-description li {  color: #222222 !important;}\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"BDR-20B\" data-color=\"Black\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe BDR-20B is a 4-leaf barndoor sized for KUPO PAR 20 fixtures, giving lighting crews a direct way to trim spill at the fixture face. It uses a 210 mm gel-frame ring with foldable, adjustable blades, so the accessory installs like a color frame while giving more control over where the beam stops.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003ePAR cans are simple, durable fixtures, but their spill rarely lands exactly where the designer wants it. A correctly sized barndoor keeps the fixture useful in tighter spaces, especially when the rig has to protect masking, scenery, gallery walls, or camera edges from stray light.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e210 mm ring outside diameter is matched to the KUPO PAR 20 gel-frame opening for a clean accessory fit.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Four adjustable leaves let crew shape top, bottom, and side spill without changing the lamp, lens, or fixture position.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Foldable construction packs flatter in the case, which matters when a mixed PAR kit travels with multiple barndoor sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eBlack finish keeps the accessory visually quiet on stage and reduces unwanted reflections around the lens opening.\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eHost Fixture\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eDesigned for KUPO PAR 20. Blade dimensions are A 56 mm, B 88 mm, and C 79 mm, with the wider B and C leaves giving useful control over broad PAR spill. The BDR-PAR family covers PAR 16, 20, 30, 36, 46, 56, and 64, so mixed inventories can be matched fixture by fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eA useful accessory for theatre PAR rigs, club stages, display lighting, rental-house PAR kits, and small studio setups where crew need to contain spill without replacing the fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e Fits KUPO PAR 20 gel-frame slots; check the host fixture opening when matching to non-KUPO PAR cans because PAR body dimensions can vary by manufacturer and generation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"BDR-20B 4-Leaf Barndoor for PAR 20 (BDR-20B)\",  \"description\": \"The BDR-20B is a 4-leaf barndoor sized for KUPO PAR 20 fixtures, giving lighting crews a direct way to trim spill at the fixture face. It uses a 210 mm gel-frame ring with foldable, adjustable blades, so the accessory installs like a color frame while giving more control over where the beam stops.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\"  },  \"category\": \"Lighting Solution \u003e Barndoors \u0026 PAR Accessories\",  \"sku\": \"BDR-20B\",  \"mpn\": \"BDR-20B\",  \"color\": \"Black\",  \"material\": \"Lightweight metal\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"4-leaf barndoor\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Host Fixture\",      \"value\": \"KUPO PAR 20\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Ring Outside Diameter\",      \"value\": \"210 mm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Blade A\",      \"value\": \"56 mm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Blade B\",      \"value\": \"88 mm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Blade C\",      \"value\": \"79 mm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Construction\",      \"value\": \"Foldable, adjustable blade direction\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Finish\",      \"value\": \"Black\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-section {  margin-top: 2rem;}.kupo-faq-seo-item {  margin-bottom: 1.25rem;}.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 {  color: #2C3E50 !important;  font-size: 17px !important;  font-weight: 600;  margin-bottom: 0.4rem;  line-height: 1.35;  letter-spacing: 0;}.kupo-faq-seo-item p {  color: #222222 !important;  margin-top: 0;}\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-section\"\u003e  \u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWill this fit any PAR 20, or only a KUPO fixture?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eIt is sized for KUPO PAR 20. Other PAR cans may work if the gel-frame opening matches, but that should be checked before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhy use a barndoor instead of just turning the PAR slightly?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eTurning the fixture changes the beam center. A barndoor lets the crew keep the aim while trimming spill off scenery, masking, or the audience area.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eDoes it fold flat enough for rental inventory?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes. The leaves fold in for transport, which keeps mixed PAR barndoor sets easier to pack and count after a show.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",  \"mainEntity\": [    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Will this fit any PAR 20, or only a KUPO fixture?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"It is sized for KUPO PAR 20. Other PAR cans may work if the gel-frame opening matches, but that should be checked before ordering.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Why use a barndoor instead of just turning the PAR slightly?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Turning the fixture changes the beam center. A barndoor lets the crew keep the aim while trimming spill off scenery, masking, or the audience area.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Does it fold flat enough for rental inventory?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Yes. The leaves fold in for transport, which keeps mixed PAR barndoor sets easier to pack and count after a show.\"      }    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Beam Control Accessory \/ Barndoor","offer_id":53907492765995,"sku":"BDR-20B","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/BDR-20B_b.jpg?v=1782110957"},{"product_id":"bdr-30b","title":"BDR-30B 4-Leaf Barndoor for PAR 30 (BDR-30B)","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: L-A --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: bdr-30b-4-leaf-barndoor-par-30.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title {  margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0;  font-size: 22px !important;  font-weight: 700;  line-height: 1.3;  color: #2C3E50 !important;  letter-spacing: 0;}.product-description h3 {  color: #2C3E50 !important;  font-size: 18px !important;  font-weight: bold;  margin-top: 1.5rem;  margin-bottom: 0.75rem;  line-height: 1.35;  letter-spacing: 0;}.product-description,.product-description p,.product-description li {  color: #222222 !important;}\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"BDR-30B\" data-color=\"Black\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe BDR-30B is a 4-leaf barndoor sized for KUPO PAR 30 fixtures, giving lighting crews a direct way to trim spill at the fixture face. It uses a 345 mm gel-frame ring with foldable, adjustable blades, so the accessory installs like a color frame while giving more control over where the beam stops.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003ePAR cans are simple, durable fixtures, but their spill rarely lands exactly where the designer wants it. A correctly sized barndoor keeps the fixture useful in tighter spaces, especially when the rig has to protect masking, scenery, gallery walls, or camera edges from stray light.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e345 mm ring outside diameter is matched to the KUPO PAR 30 gel-frame opening for a clean accessory fit.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Four adjustable leaves let crew shape top, bottom, and side spill without changing the lamp, lens, or fixture position.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Foldable construction packs flatter in the case, which matters when a mixed PAR kit travels with multiple barndoor sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eBlack finish keeps the accessory visually quiet on stage and reduces unwanted reflections around the lens opening.\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eHost Fixture\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eDesigned for KUPO PAR 30. Blade dimensions are A 100 mm, B 143 mm, and C 127 mm, with the wider B and C leaves giving useful control over broad PAR spill. The BDR-PAR family covers PAR 16, 20, 30, 36, 46, 56, and 64, so mixed inventories can be matched fixture by fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eA useful accessory for theatre PAR rigs, club stages, display lighting, rental-house PAR kits, and small studio setups where crew need to contain spill without replacing the fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e Fits KUPO PAR 30 gel-frame slots; check the host fixture opening when matching to non-KUPO PAR cans because PAR body dimensions can vary by manufacturer and generation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"BDR-30B 4-Leaf Barndoor for PAR 30 (BDR-30B)\",  \"description\": \"The BDR-30B is a 4-leaf barndoor sized for KUPO PAR 30 fixtures, giving lighting crews a direct way to trim spill at the fixture face. It uses a 345 mm gel-frame ring with foldable, adjustable blades, so the accessory installs like a color frame while giving more control over where the beam stops.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\"  },  \"category\": \"Lighting Solution \u003e Barndoors \u0026 PAR Accessories\",  \"sku\": \"BDR-30B\",  \"mpn\": \"BDR-30B\",  \"color\": \"Black\",  \"material\": \"Lightweight metal\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"4-leaf barndoor\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Host Fixture\",      \"value\": \"KUPO PAR 30\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Ring Outside Diameter\",      \"value\": \"345 mm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Blade A\",      \"value\": \"100 mm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Blade B\",      \"value\": \"143 mm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Blade C\",      \"value\": \"127 mm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Construction\",      \"value\": \"Foldable, adjustable blade direction\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Finish\",      \"value\": \"Black\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-section {  margin-top: 2rem;}.kupo-faq-seo-item {  margin-bottom: 1.25rem;}.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 {  color: #2C3E50 !important;  font-size: 17px !important;  font-weight: 600;  margin-bottom: 0.4rem;  line-height: 1.35;  letter-spacing: 0;}.kupo-faq-seo-item p {  color: #222222 !important;  margin-top: 0;}\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-section\"\u003e  \u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWill this fit any PAR 30, or only a KUPO fixture?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eIt is sized for KUPO PAR 30. Other PAR cans may work if the gel-frame opening matches, but that should be checked before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhy use a barndoor instead of just turning the PAR slightly?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eTurning the fixture changes the beam center. A barndoor lets the crew keep the aim while trimming spill off scenery, masking, or the audience area.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eDoes it fold flat enough for rental inventory?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes. The leaves fold in for transport, which keeps mixed PAR barndoor sets easier to pack and count after a show.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",  \"mainEntity\": [    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Will this fit any PAR 30, or only a KUPO fixture?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"It is sized for KUPO PAR 30. Other PAR cans may work if the gel-frame opening matches, but that should be checked before ordering.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Why use a barndoor instead of just turning the PAR slightly?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Turning the fixture changes the beam center. A barndoor lets the crew keep the aim while trimming spill off scenery, masking, or the audience area.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Does it fold flat enough for rental inventory?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Yes. The leaves fold in for transport, which keeps mixed PAR barndoor sets easier to pack and count after a show.\"      }    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Beam Control Accessory \/ Barndoor","offer_id":53907492897067,"sku":"BDR-30B","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/BDR-30B_b.jpg?v=1782110957"},{"product_id":"bdr-36b","title":"BDR-36B 4-Leaf Barndoor for PAR 36 (BDR-36B)","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: L-A --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: bdr-36b-4-leaf-barndoor-par-36.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title {  margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0;  font-size: 22px !important;  font-weight: 700;  line-height: 1.3;  color: #2C3E50 !important;  letter-spacing: 0;}.product-description h3 {  color: #2C3E50 !important;  font-size: 18px !important;  font-weight: bold;  margin-top: 1.5rem;  margin-bottom: 0.75rem;  line-height: 1.35;  letter-spacing: 0;}.product-description,.product-description p,.product-description li {  color: #222222 !important;}\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"BDR-36B\" data-color=\"Black\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe BDR-36B is a 4-leaf barndoor sized for KUPO PAR 36 fixtures, giving lighting crews a direct way to trim spill at the fixture face. It uses a 404 mm gel-frame ring with foldable, adjustable blades, so the accessory installs like a color frame while giving more control over where the beam stops.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003ePAR cans are simple, durable fixtures, but their spill rarely lands exactly where the designer wants it. A correctly sized barndoor keeps the fixture useful in tighter spaces, especially when the rig has to protect masking, scenery, gallery walls, or camera edges from stray light.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e404 mm ring outside diameter is matched to the KUPO PAR 36 gel-frame opening for a clean accessory fit.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Four adjustable leaves let crew shape top, bottom, and side spill without changing the lamp, lens, or fixture position.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Foldable construction packs flatter in the case, which matters when a mixed PAR kit travels with multiple barndoor sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eBlack finish keeps the accessory visually quiet on stage and reduces unwanted reflections around the lens opening.\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eHost Fixture\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eDesigned for KUPO PAR 36. Blade dimensions are A 121 mm, B 169 mm, and C 142 mm, with the wider B and C leaves giving useful control over broad PAR spill. The BDR-PAR family covers PAR 16, 20, 30, 36, 46, 56, and 64, so mixed inventories can be matched fixture by fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eA useful accessory for theatre PAR rigs, club stages, display lighting, rental-house PAR kits, and small studio setups where crew need to contain spill without replacing the fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e Fits KUPO PAR 36 gel-frame slots; check the host fixture opening when matching to non-KUPO PAR cans because PAR body dimensions can vary by manufacturer and generation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"BDR-36B 4-Leaf Barndoor for PAR 36 (BDR-36B)\",  \"description\": \"The BDR-36B is a 4-leaf barndoor sized for KUPO PAR 36 fixtures, giving lighting crews a direct way to trim spill at the fixture face. It uses a 404 mm gel-frame ring with foldable, adjustable blades, so the accessory installs like a color frame while giving more control over where the beam stops.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\"  },  \"category\": \"Lighting Solution \u003e Barndoors \u0026 PAR Accessories\",  \"sku\": \"BDR-36B\",  \"mpn\": \"BDR-36B\",  \"color\": \"Black\",  \"material\": \"Lightweight metal\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"4-leaf barndoor\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Host Fixture\",      \"value\": \"KUPO PAR 36\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Ring Outside Diameter\",      \"value\": \"404 mm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Blade A\",      \"value\": \"121 mm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Blade B\",      \"value\": \"169 mm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Blade C\",      \"value\": \"142 mm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Construction\",      \"value\": \"Foldable, adjustable blade direction\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Finish\",      \"value\": \"Black\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-section {  margin-top: 2rem;}.kupo-faq-seo-item {  margin-bottom: 1.25rem;}.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 {  color: #2C3E50 !important;  font-size: 17px !important;  font-weight: 600;  margin-bottom: 0.4rem;  line-height: 1.35;  letter-spacing: 0;}.kupo-faq-seo-item p {  color: #222222 !important;  margin-top: 0;}\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-section\"\u003e  \u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWill this fit any PAR 36, or only a KUPO fixture?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eIt is sized for KUPO PAR 36. Other PAR cans may work if the gel-frame opening matches, but that should be checked before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhy use a barndoor instead of just turning the PAR slightly?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eTurning the fixture changes the beam center. A barndoor lets the crew keep the aim while trimming spill off scenery, masking, or the audience area.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eDoes it fold flat enough for rental inventory?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes. The leaves fold in for transport, which keeps mixed PAR barndoor sets easier to pack and count after a show.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",  \"mainEntity\": [    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Will this fit any PAR 36, or only a KUPO fixture?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"It is sized for KUPO PAR 36. Other PAR cans may work if the gel-frame opening matches, but that should be checked before ordering.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Why use a barndoor instead of just turning the PAR slightly?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Turning the fixture changes the beam center. A barndoor lets the crew keep the aim while trimming spill off scenery, masking, or the audience area.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Does it fold flat enough for rental inventory?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Yes. The leaves fold in for transport, which keeps mixed PAR barndoor sets easier to pack and count after a show.\"      }    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Beam Control Accessory \/ Barndoor","offer_id":53907494699307,"sku":"BDR-36B","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/BDR-36B_b.jpg?v=1782110959"},{"product_id":"bdr-46b","title":"BDR-46B 4-Leaf Barndoor for PAR 46 (BDR-46B)","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: L-A --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: bdr-46b-4-leaf-barndoor-par-46.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title {  margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0;  font-size: 22px !important;  font-weight: 700;  line-height: 1.3;  color: #2C3E50 !important;  letter-spacing: 0;}.product-description h3 {  color: #2C3E50 !important;  font-size: 18px !important;  font-weight: bold;  margin-top: 1.5rem;  margin-bottom: 0.75rem;  line-height: 1.35;  letter-spacing: 0;}.product-description,.product-description p,.product-description li {  color: #222222 !important;}\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"BDR-46B\" data-color=\"Black\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe BDR-46B is a 4-leaf barndoor sized for KUPO PAR 46 fixtures, giving lighting crews a direct way to trim spill at the fixture face. It uses a 470 mm gel-frame ring with foldable, adjustable blades, so the accessory installs like a color frame while giving more control over where the beam stops.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003ePAR cans are simple, durable fixtures, but their spill rarely lands exactly where the designer wants it. A correctly sized barndoor keeps the fixture useful in tighter spaces, especially when the rig has to protect masking, scenery, gallery walls, or camera edges from stray light.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e470 mm ring outside diameter is matched to the KUPO PAR 46 gel-frame opening for a clean accessory fit.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Four adjustable leaves let crew shape top, bottom, and side spill without changing the lamp, lens, or fixture position.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Foldable construction packs flatter in the case, which matters when a mixed PAR kit travels with multiple barndoor sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eBlack finish keeps the accessory visually quiet on stage and reduces unwanted reflections around the lens opening.\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eHost Fixture\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eDesigned for KUPO PAR 46. Blade dimensions are A 152 mm, B 186 mm, and C 174 mm, with the wider B and C leaves giving useful control over broad PAR spill. The BDR-PAR family covers PAR 16, 20, 30, 36, 46, 56, and 64, so mixed inventories can be matched fixture by fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eA useful accessory for theatre PAR rigs, club stages, display lighting, rental-house PAR kits, and small studio setups where crew need to contain spill without replacing the fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e Fits KUPO PAR 46 gel-frame slots; check the host fixture opening when matching to non-KUPO PAR cans because PAR body dimensions can vary by manufacturer and generation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"BDR-46B 4-Leaf Barndoor for PAR 46 (BDR-46B)\",  \"description\": \"The BDR-46B is a 4-leaf barndoor sized for KUPO PAR 46 fixtures, giving lighting crews a direct way to trim spill at the fixture face. It uses a 470 mm gel-frame ring with foldable, adjustable blades, so the accessory installs like a color frame while giving more control over where the beam stops.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\"  },  \"category\": \"Lighting Solution \u003e Barndoors \u0026 PAR Accessories\",  \"sku\": \"BDR-46B\",  \"mpn\": \"BDR-46B\",  \"color\": \"Black\",  \"material\": \"Lightweight metal\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"4-leaf barndoor\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Host Fixture\",      \"value\": \"KUPO PAR 46\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Ring Outside Diameter\",      \"value\": \"470 mm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Blade A\",      \"value\": \"152 mm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Blade B\",      \"value\": \"186 mm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Blade C\",      \"value\": \"174 mm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Construction\",      \"value\": \"Foldable, adjustable blade direction\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Finish\",      \"value\": \"Black\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-section {  margin-top: 2rem;}.kupo-faq-seo-item {  margin-bottom: 1.25rem;}.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 {  color: #2C3E50 !important;  font-size: 17px !important;  font-weight: 600;  margin-bottom: 0.4rem;  line-height: 1.35;  letter-spacing: 0;}.kupo-faq-seo-item p {  color: #222222 !important;  margin-top: 0;}\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-section\"\u003e  \u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWill this fit any PAR 46, or only a KUPO fixture?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eIt is sized for KUPO PAR 46. Other PAR cans may work if the gel-frame opening matches, but that should be checked before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhy use a barndoor instead of just turning the PAR slightly?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eTurning the fixture changes the beam center. A barndoor lets the crew keep the aim while trimming spill off scenery, masking, or the audience area.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eDoes it fold flat enough for rental inventory?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes. The leaves fold in for transport, which keeps mixed PAR barndoor sets easier to pack and count after a show.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",  \"mainEntity\": [    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Will this fit any PAR 46, or only a KUPO fixture?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"It is sized for KUPO PAR 46. Other PAR cans may work if the gel-frame opening matches, but that should be checked before ordering.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Why use a barndoor instead of just turning the PAR slightly?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Turning the fixture changes the beam center. A barndoor lets the crew keep the aim while trimming spill off scenery, masking, or the audience area.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Does it fold flat enough for rental inventory?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Yes. The leaves fold in for transport, which keeps mixed PAR barndoor sets easier to pack and count after a show.\"      }    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Beam Control Accessory \/ Barndoor","offer_id":53907494764843,"sku":"BDR-46B","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/BDR-46B_b.jpg?v=1782110960"},{"product_id":"bdr-500","title":"BDR-500 4-Leaf Barndoor for CYC \/ FDL 500 W (BDR-500)","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: L-A --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: bdr-500-4-leaf-barndoor-cyc-fdl-500w.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title {  margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0;  font-size: 22px !important;  font-weight: 700;  line-height: 1.3;  color: #2C3E50 !important;  letter-spacing: 0;}.product-description h3 {  color: #2C3E50 !important;  font-size: 18px !important;  font-weight: bold;  margin-top: 1.5rem;  margin-bottom: 0.75rem;  line-height: 1.35;  letter-spacing: 0;}.product-description,.product-description p,.product-description li {  color: #222222 !important;}\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"BDR-500\" data-color=\"Matt black\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe BDR-500 is a 4-leaf barndoor for KUPO CYC-500 \/ FDL-500 fixtures, built to shape the wide wash from a cyclorama or flood light without adding separate flags. Its foldable, adjustable leaves mount at the fixture face, giving crew a practical way to hold top spill, side scatter, and unwanted light off nearby scenery.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e CYC and flood fixtures are meant to throw broad, even light, which also means spill can travel farther than expected. A correctly matched barndoor gives that wash an edge, making it easier to protect masking, legs, upstage surfaces, and camera-sensitive areas.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e692 x 266 mm outer dimensions match the 500 W KUPO CYC \/ FDL accessory size instead of forcing a near-fit from another fixture class.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Four foldable leaves shape the wash at the fixture face, useful for top cuts and side containment on cyc rows.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eAdjustable blade direction gives crew more control when fixtures are used on the floor, overhead, or at an oblique angle.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eMatt black finish reduces reflections around bright flood and cyclorama fixtures.\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eHost Fixture\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eDesigned for KUPO CYC-500 \/ FDL-500. Use BDR-500 for the 500 W fixtures and BDR-1000 for the larger 1000 W CYC \/ FDL bodies.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eA practical fit for theatre cycloramas, broadcast backdrops, school stages, black-box venues, and flood-light area washes where the designer needs broad coverage with cleaner edges.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse with the listed KUPO CYC \/ FDL host fixtures and select the matching wattage family, BDR-500 for 500 W fixtures or BDR-1000 for 1000 W fixtures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"BDR-500 4-Leaf Barndoor for CYC \/ FDL 500 W (BDR-500)\",  \"description\": \"The BDR-500 is a 4-leaf barndoor for KUPO CYC-500 \/ FDL-500 fixtures, built to shape the wide wash from a cyclorama or flood light without adding separate flags. Its foldable, adjustable leaves mount at the fixture face, giving crew a practical way to hold top spill, side scatter, and unwanted light off nearby scenery.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\"  },  \"category\": \"Lighting Solution \u003e Barndoors \u0026 PAR Accessories\",  \"sku\": \"BDR-500\",  \"mpn\": \"BDR-500\",  \"color\": \"Matt black\",  \"material\": \"Metal\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"4-leaf barndoor\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Host Fixture\",      \"value\": \"KUPO CYC-500 \/ FDL-500\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Outer Dimensions\",      \"value\": \"692 x 266 mm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Construction\",      \"value\": \"Foldable, adjustable blade direction\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Finish\",      \"value\": \"Matt black\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-section {  margin-top: 2rem;}.kupo-faq-seo-item {  margin-bottom: 1.25rem;}.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 {  color: #2C3E50 !important;  font-size: 17px !important;  font-weight: 600;  margin-bottom: 0.4rem;  line-height: 1.35;  letter-spacing: 0;}.kupo-faq-seo-item p {  color: #222222 !important;  margin-top: 0;}\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-section\"\u003e  \u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003e Can this make a CYC light behave like a profile spot?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eNo. It will not create a razor-sharp profile edge, but it gives useful spill control for a broad cyc or flood wash.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eHow do I choose between the 500 W and 1000 W barndoor sizes?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eMatch the barndoor to the host fixture family. Use BDR-500 for CYC-500 or FDL-500, and BDR-1000 for CYC-1000 or FDL-1000.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eIs it mainly for top spill or side spill?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eBoth. The four leaves can be adjusted independently, so crews can trim the top edge, side scatter, or a combination of both.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",  \"mainEntity\": [    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Can this make a CYC light behave like a profile spot?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"No. It will not create a razor-sharp profile edge, but it gives useful spill control for a broad cyc or flood wash.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"How do I choose between the 500 W and 1000 W barndoor sizes?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Match the barndoor to the host fixture family. Use BDR-500 for CYC-500 or FDL-500, and BDR-1000 for CYC-1000 or FDL-1000.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Is it mainly for top spill or side spill?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Both. The four leaves can be adjusted independently, so crews can trim the top edge, side scatter, or a combination of both.\"      }    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Beam Control Accessory \/ Barndoor","offer_id":53907494863147,"sku":"BDR-500","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/BDR-500_b.jpg?v=1782110961"},{"product_id":"bdr-56b","title":"BDR-56B 4-Leaf Barndoor for PAR 56 (BDR-56B)","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: L-A --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: bdr-56b-4-leaf-barndoor-par-56.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title {  margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0;  font-size: 22px !important;  font-weight: 700;  line-height: 1.3;  color: #2C3E50 !important;  letter-spacing: 0;}.product-description h3 {  color: #2C3E50 !important;  font-size: 18px !important;  font-weight: bold;  margin-top: 1.5rem;  margin-bottom: 0.75rem;  line-height: 1.35;  letter-spacing: 0;}.product-description,.product-description p,.product-description li {  color: #222222 !important;}\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"BDR-56B\" data-color=\"Black\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe BDR-56B is a 4-leaf barndoor sized for KUPO PAR 56 fixtures, giving lighting crews a direct way to trim spill at the fixture face. It uses a 580 mm gel-frame ring with foldable, adjustable blades, so the accessory installs like a color frame while giving more control over where the beam stops.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003ePAR cans are simple, durable fixtures, but their spill rarely lands exactly where the designer wants it. A correctly sized barndoor keeps the fixture useful in tighter spaces, especially when the rig has to protect masking, scenery, gallery walls, or camera edges from stray light.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e580 mm ring outside diameter is matched to the KUPO PAR 56 gel-frame opening for a clean accessory fit.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Four adjustable leaves let crew shape top, bottom, and side spill without changing the lamp, lens, or fixture position.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Foldable construction packs flatter in the case, which matters when a mixed PAR kit travels with multiple barndoor sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eBlack finish keeps the accessory visually quiet on stage and reduces unwanted reflections around the lens opening.\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eHost Fixture\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eDesigned for KUPO PAR 56. Blade dimensions are A 188 mm, B 228 mm, and C 210 mm, with the wider B and C leaves giving useful control over broad PAR spill. The BDR-PAR family covers PAR 16, 20, 30, 36, 46, 56, and 64, so mixed inventories can be matched fixture by fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eA useful accessory for theatre PAR rigs, club stages, display lighting, rental-house PAR kits, and small studio setups where crew need to contain spill without replacing the fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e Fits KUPO PAR 56 gel-frame slots; check the host fixture opening when matching to non-KUPO PAR cans because PAR body dimensions can vary by manufacturer and generation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"BDR-56B 4-Leaf Barndoor for PAR 56 (BDR-56B)\",  \"description\": \"The BDR-56B is a 4-leaf barndoor sized for KUPO PAR 56 fixtures, giving lighting crews a direct way to trim spill at the fixture face. It uses a 580 mm gel-frame ring with foldable, adjustable blades, so the accessory installs like a color frame while giving more control over where the beam stops.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\"  },  \"category\": \"Lighting Solution \u003e Barndoors \u0026 PAR Accessories\",  \"sku\": \"BDR-56B\",  \"mpn\": \"BDR-56B\",  \"color\": \"Black\",  \"material\": \"Lightweight metal\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"4-leaf barndoor\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Host Fixture\",      \"value\": \"KUPO PAR 56\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Ring Outside Diameter\",      \"value\": \"580 mm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Blade A\",      \"value\": \"188 mm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Blade B\",      \"value\": \"228 mm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Blade C\",      \"value\": \"210 mm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Construction\",      \"value\": \"Foldable, adjustable blade direction\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Finish\",      \"value\": \"Black\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-section {  margin-top: 2rem;}.kupo-faq-seo-item {  margin-bottom: 1.25rem;}.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 {  color: #2C3E50 !important;  font-size: 17px !important;  font-weight: 600;  margin-bottom: 0.4rem;  line-height: 1.35;  letter-spacing: 0;}.kupo-faq-seo-item p {  color: #222222 !important;  margin-top: 0;}\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-section\"\u003e  \u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWill this fit any PAR 56, or only a KUPO fixture?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eIt is sized for KUPO PAR 56. Other PAR cans may work if the gel-frame opening matches, but that should be checked before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhy use a barndoor instead of just turning the PAR slightly?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eTurning the fixture changes the beam center. A barndoor lets the crew keep the aim while trimming spill off scenery, masking, or the audience area.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eDoes it fold flat enough for rental inventory?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes. The leaves fold in for transport, which keeps mixed PAR barndoor sets easier to pack and count after a show.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",  \"mainEntity\": [    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Will this fit any PAR 56, or only a KUPO fixture?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"It is sized for KUPO PAR 56. Other PAR cans may work if the gel-frame opening matches, but that should be checked before ordering.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Why use a barndoor instead of just turning the PAR slightly?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Turning the fixture changes the beam center. A barndoor lets the crew keep the aim while trimming spill off scenery, masking, or the audience area.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Does it fold flat enough for rental inventory?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Yes. The leaves fold in for transport, which keeps mixed PAR barndoor sets easier to pack and count after a show.\"      }    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Beam Control Accessory \/ Barndoor","offer_id":53907494895915,"sku":"BDR-56B","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/BDR-56B_b.jpg?v=1782110961"},{"product_id":"bdr-64b","title":"BDR-64B 4-Leaf Barndoor for PAR 64 (BDR-64B)","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: L-A --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: bdr-64b-4-leaf-barndoor-par-64.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title {  margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0;  font-size: 22px !important;  font-weight: 700;  line-height: 1.3;  color: #2C3E50 !important;  letter-spacing: 0;}.product-description h3 {  color: #2C3E50 !important;  font-size: 18px !important;  font-weight: bold;  margin-top: 1.5rem;  margin-bottom: 0.75rem;  line-height: 1.35;  letter-spacing: 0;}.product-description,.product-description p,.product-description li {  color: #222222 !important;}\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"BDR-64B\" data-color=\"Black\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe BDR-64B is a 4-leaf barndoor sized for KUPO PAR 64 fixtures, giving lighting crews a direct way to trim spill at the fixture face. It uses a 690 mm gel-frame ring with foldable, adjustable blades, so the accessory installs like a color frame while giving more control over where the beam stops.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003ePAR cans are simple, durable fixtures, but their spill rarely lands exactly where the designer wants it. A correctly sized barndoor keeps the fixture useful in tighter spaces, especially when the rig has to protect masking, scenery, gallery walls, or camera edges from stray light.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e690 mm ring outside diameter is matched to the KUPO PAR 64 gel-frame opening for a clean accessory fit.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Four adjustable leaves let crew shape top, bottom, and side spill without changing the lamp, lens, or fixture position.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Foldable construction packs flatter in the case, which matters when a mixed PAR kit travels with multiple barndoor sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eBlack finish keeps the accessory visually quiet on stage and reduces unwanted reflections around the lens opening.\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eHost Fixture\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eDesigned for KUPO PAR 64. Blade dimensions are A 218 mm, B 262 mm, and C 239 mm, with the wider B and C leaves giving useful control over broad PAR spill. The BDR-PAR family covers PAR 16, 20, 30, 36, 46, 56, and 64, so mixed inventories can be matched fixture by fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eA useful accessory for theatre PAR rigs, club stages, display lighting, rental-house PAR kits, and small studio setups where crew need to contain spill without replacing the fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e Fits KUPO PAR 64 gel-frame slots; check the host fixture opening when matching to non-KUPO PAR cans because PAR body dimensions can vary by manufacturer and generation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"BDR-64B 4-Leaf Barndoor for PAR 64 (BDR-64B)\",  \"description\": \"The BDR-64B is a 4-leaf barndoor sized for KUPO PAR 64 fixtures, giving lighting crews a direct way to trim spill at the fixture face. It uses a 690 mm gel-frame ring with foldable, adjustable blades, so the accessory installs like a color frame while giving more control over where the beam stops.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\"  },  \"category\": \"Lighting Solution \u003e Barndoors \u0026 PAR Accessories\",  \"sku\": \"BDR-64B\",  \"mpn\": \"BDR-64B\",  \"color\": \"Black\",  \"material\": \"Lightweight metal\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"4-leaf barndoor\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Host Fixture\",      \"value\": \"KUPO PAR 64\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Ring Outside Diameter\",      \"value\": \"690 mm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Blade A\",      \"value\": \"218 mm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Blade B\",      \"value\": \"262 mm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Blade C\",      \"value\": \"239 mm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Construction\",      \"value\": \"Foldable, adjustable blade direction\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Finish\",      \"value\": \"Black\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-section {  margin-top: 2rem;}.kupo-faq-seo-item {  margin-bottom: 1.25rem;}.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 {  color: #2C3E50 !important;  font-size: 17px !important;  font-weight: 600;  margin-bottom: 0.4rem;  line-height: 1.35;  letter-spacing: 0;}.kupo-faq-seo-item p {  color: #222222 !important;  margin-top: 0;}\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-section\"\u003e  \u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWill this fit any PAR 64, or only a KUPO fixture?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eIt is sized for KUPO PAR 64. Other PAR cans may work if the gel-frame opening matches, but that should be checked before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhy use a barndoor instead of just turning the PAR slightly?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eTurning the fixture changes the beam center. A barndoor lets the crew keep the aim while trimming spill off scenery, masking, or the audience area.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eDoes it fold flat enough for rental inventory?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes. The leaves fold in for transport, which keeps mixed PAR barndoor sets easier to pack and count after a show.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",  \"mainEntity\": [    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Will this fit any PAR 64, or only a KUPO fixture?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"It is sized for KUPO PAR 64. Other PAR cans may work if the gel-frame opening matches, but that should be checked before ordering.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Why use a barndoor instead of just turning the PAR slightly?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Turning the fixture changes the beam center. A barndoor lets the crew keep the aim while trimming spill off scenery, masking, or the audience area.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Does it fold flat enough for rental inventory?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Yes. The leaves fold in for transport, which keeps mixed PAR barndoor sets easier to pack and count after a show.\"      }    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Beam Control Accessory \/ Barndoor","offer_id":53907494994219,"sku":"BDR-64B","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/BDR-64B_b.jpg?v=1782110963"},{"product_id":"bdr-fs05","title":"BDR-FS05 Barndoor for Fresnel 500 W (BDR-FS05)","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: L-A --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: bdr-fs05-barndoor-fresnel-500w.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title {  margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0;  font-size: 22px !important;  font-weight: 700;  line-height: 1.3;  color: #2C3E50 !important;  letter-spacing: 0;}.product-description h3 {  color: #2C3E50 !important;  font-size: 18px !important;  font-weight: bold;  margin-top: 1.5rem;  margin-bottom: 0.75rem;  line-height: 1.35;  letter-spacing: 0;}.product-description,.product-description p,.product-description li {  color: #222222 !important;}\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"BDR-FS05\" data-color=\"Matt black\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe BDR-FS05 is a 4-leaf barndoor for KUPO FS-500 (500 W \/ 650 W Fresnel), made for shaping the soft-edged output of Fresnel and prism convex class fixtures. It mounts into the fixture gel-frame slot and gives the operator four adjustable leaves for trimming spill without adding flags, clamps, or extra grip hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eA Fresnel beam is intentionally soft, so the fixture itself does not provide a hard cutoff. Barndoors become the working edge of the light, especially for top light, back light, and sidelight positions where spill can land on scenery, masking, or camera frame.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e400 x 153 mm approximate outer dimensions match the host fixture size for a proper front-of-fixture fit.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Four adjustable leaves let crew tune the beam edge while keeping the Fresnel focus and fixture position unchanged.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Foldable blade construction makes the accessory easier to store with the matching fixture package.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eMatt black finish reduces reflections at the fixture face during high-output tungsten use.\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eHost Fixture\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eDesigned for KUPO FS-500 (500 W \/ 650 W Fresnel). Use BDR-FS05 for the FS-500 family and BDR-FS10 for the larger FS-1000 \/ PS-1000 fixtures.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eA useful choice for theatre Fresnel rigs, studio top lights, back lights, rehearsal rooms, and small venue fixtures where beam control has to happen directly at the lamp face.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse with the listed KUPO host fixture family and match the smaller BDR-FS05 or larger BDR-FS10 size to the Fresnel or prism convex model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"BDR-FS05 Barndoor for Fresnel 500 W (BDR-FS05)\",  \"description\": \"The BDR-FS05 is a 4-leaf barndoor for KUPO FS-500 (500 W \/ 650 W Fresnel), made for shaping the soft-edged output of Fresnel and prism convex class fixtures. It mounts into the fixture gel-frame slot and gives the operator four adjustable leaves for trimming spill without adding flags, clamps, or extra grip hardware.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\"  },  \"category\": \"Lighting Solution \u003e Barndoors \u0026 PAR Accessories\",  \"sku\": \"BDR-FS05\",  \"mpn\": \"BDR-FS05\",  \"color\": \"Matt black\",  \"material\": \"Metal\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"4-leaf barndoor\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Host Fixture\",      \"value\": \"KUPO FS-500 (500 W \/ 650 W Fresnel)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Outer Dimensions\",      \"value\": \"400 x 153 mm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Construction\",      \"value\": \"Foldable, adjustable blades\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Finish\",      \"value\": \"Matt black\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-section {  margin-top: 2rem;}.kupo-faq-seo-item {  margin-bottom: 1.25rem;}.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 {  color: #2C3E50 !important;  font-size: 17px !important;  font-weight: 600;  margin-bottom: 0.4rem;  line-height: 1.35;  letter-spacing: 0;}.kupo-faq-seo-item p {  color: #222222 !important;  margin-top: 0;}\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-section\"\u003e  \u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhy does a Fresnel need a barndoor if the beam is already soft?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eThe soft beam controls focus, not spill. The barndoor gives the operator a physical cutoff at the fixture face.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003e Can I swap the 500 W and 1000 W barndoors?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eNo. The front sizes are different, so the barndoor should be matched to the correct FS or PS host fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWill this replace external flags?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eIt can handle many everyday spill cuts, but large scenery cuts or very precise camera work may still need external flags.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",  \"mainEntity\": [    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Why does a Fresnel need a barndoor if the beam is already soft?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"The soft beam controls focus, not spill. The barndoor gives the operator a physical cutoff at the fixture face.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Can I swap the 500 W and 1000 W barndoors?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"No. The front sizes are different, so the barndoor should be matched to the correct FS or PS host fixture.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Will this replace external flags?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"It can handle many everyday spill cuts, but large scenery cuts or very precise camera work may still need external flags.\"      }    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Beam Control Accessory \/ Barndoor","offer_id":53907495125291,"sku":"BDR-FS05","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/BDR-FS05_b.jpg?v=1782110963"},{"product_id":"bdr-fs10","title":"BDR-FS10 Barndoor for Fresnel \/ Prism Convex 1000 W (BDR-FS10)","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: L-A --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: bdr-fs10-barndoor-fresnel-prism-convex-1000w.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title {  margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0;  font-size: 22px !important;  font-weight: 700;  line-height: 1.3;  color: #2C3E50 !important;  letter-spacing: 0;}.product-description h3 {  color: #2C3E50 !important;  font-size: 18px !important;  font-weight: bold;  margin-top: 1.5rem;  margin-bottom: 0.75rem;  line-height: 1.35;  letter-spacing: 0;}.product-description,.product-description p,.product-description li {  color: #222222 !important;}\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"BDR-FS10\" data-color=\"Matt black\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe BDR-FS10 is a 4-leaf barndoor for KUPO FS-1000 \/ PS-1000 (1000 W \/ 1200 W), made for shaping the soft-edged output of Fresnel and prism convex class fixtures. It mounts into the fixture gel-frame slot and gives the operator four adjustable leaves for trimming spill without adding flags, clamps, or extra grip hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eA Fresnel beam is intentionally soft, so the fixture itself does not provide a hard cutoff. Barndoors become the working edge of the light, especially for top light, back light, and sidelight positions where spill can land on scenery, masking, or camera frame.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e505 x 174 mm approximate outer dimensions match the host fixture size for a proper front-of-fixture fit.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Four adjustable leaves let crew tune the beam edge while keeping the Fresnel focus and fixture position unchanged.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Foldable blade construction makes the accessory easier to store with the matching fixture package.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eMatt black finish reduces reflections at the fixture face during high-output tungsten use.\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eHost Fixture\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eDesigned for KUPO FS-1000 \/ PS-1000 (1000 W \/ 1200 W). Use BDR-FS10 for the larger FS-1000 \/ PS-1000 family and BDR-FS05 for the smaller FS-500 Fresnel.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eA useful choice for theatre Fresnel rigs, studio top lights, back lights, rehearsal rooms, and small venue fixtures where beam control has to happen directly at the lamp face.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse with the listed KUPO host fixture family and match the smaller BDR-FS05 or larger BDR-FS10 size to the Fresnel or prism convex model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"BDR-FS10 Barndoor for Fresnel \/ Prism Convex 1000 W (BDR-FS10)\",  \"description\": \"The BDR-FS10 is a 4-leaf barndoor for KUPO FS-1000 \/ PS-1000 (1000 W \/ 1200 W), made for shaping the soft-edged output of Fresnel and prism convex class fixtures. It mounts into the fixture gel-frame slot and gives the operator four adjustable leaves for trimming spill without adding flags, clamps, or extra grip hardware.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\"  },  \"category\": \"Lighting Solution \u003e Barndoors \u0026 PAR Accessories\",  \"sku\": \"BDR-FS10\",  \"mpn\": \"BDR-FS10\",  \"color\": \"Matt black\",  \"material\": \"Metal\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"4-leaf barndoor\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Host Fixture\",      \"value\": \"KUPO FS-1000 \/ PS-1000 (1000 W \/ 1200 W)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Outer Dimensions\",      \"value\": \"505 x 174 mm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Construction\",      \"value\": \"Foldable, adjustable blades\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Finish\",      \"value\": \"Matt black\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-section {  margin-top: 2rem;}.kupo-faq-seo-item {  margin-bottom: 1.25rem;}.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 {  color: #2C3E50 !important;  font-size: 17px !important;  font-weight: 600;  margin-bottom: 0.4rem;  line-height: 1.35;  letter-spacing: 0;}.kupo-faq-seo-item p {  color: #222222 !important;  margin-top: 0;}\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-section\"\u003e  \u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhy does a Fresnel need a barndoor if the beam is already soft?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eThe soft beam controls focus, not spill. The barndoor gives the operator a physical cutoff at the fixture face.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003e Can I swap the 500 W and 1000 W barndoors?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eNo. The front sizes are different, so the barndoor should be matched to the correct FS or PS host fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWill this replace external flags?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eIt can handle many everyday spill cuts, but large scenery cuts or very precise camera work may still need external flags.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",  \"mainEntity\": [    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Why does a Fresnel need a barndoor if the beam is already soft?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"The soft beam controls focus, not spill. The barndoor gives the operator a physical cutoff at the fixture face.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Can I swap the 500 W and 1000 W barndoors?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"No. The front sizes are different, so the barndoor should be matched to the correct FS or PS host fixture.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Will this replace external flags?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"It can handle many everyday spill cuts, but large scenery cuts or very precise camera work may still need external flags.\"      }    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Beam Control Accessory \/ Barndoor","offer_id":53907495223595,"sku":"BDR-FS10","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/BDR-FS10_b.jpg?v=1782110964"},{"product_id":"cx-1c","title":"CX-1 C - KUPO Portable DMX Tester","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: L-E (DMX testers and control) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: Description\/Missing_Markdown\/lighting_solution\/dmx_control\/cx-1c-portable-dmx-tester.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\" CX-1 C\" data-color=\"NA\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO CX-1 C is a portable DMX tester for checking synchronized DMX input and output signals in the field. It gives lighting technicians a compact battery-powered way to check a control line without bringing a full console, rack, or fixture chain into the troubleshooting process.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eDMX problems often appear during the least convenient part of load-in. CX-1 C gives the crew a handheld check point for signal presence and synchronization, with rechargeable battery operation, sleep behavior, and backlit LCD usability for dark backstage or dimmer-room work.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003eTests synchronized DMX-in and DMX-out signal for field troubleshooting\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eSupports DMX-512 \/ 1990 with XLR 5-pin and RJ11 phone jack connections\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eBattery powered with four AAA 1.2 V rechargeable batteries for portable service calls\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eSleep mode after 5 minutes helps preserve battery life when left running\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Compact 100 x 133 x 50 mm body keeps the tester easy to carry in a technician kit\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse it for DMX line checks, service calls, show setup, splitter or dimmer troubleshooting, fixture-position verification, and quick backstage diagnostics.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eDesigned for DMX-512 \/ 1990 signal testing with XLR 5-pin x2 and RJ11 phone jack x2 connections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"CX-1 C | KUPO Portable DMX Tester\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO CX-1 C is a portable DMX tester for checking synchronized DMX input and output signals in the field. It gives lighting technicians a compact battery-powered way to check a control line without bringing a full console, rack, or fixture chain into the troubleshooting process.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.stage.com.tw\"  },  \"category\": \"Lighting Solution \u003e DMX Control\",  \"sku\": \" CX-1 C\",  \"mpn\": \" CX-1 C\",  \"material\": \"Portable electronic DMX tester\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Portable DMX tester\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Primary Function\",      \"value\": \"DMX-in \/ DMX-out signal tester\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Power Supply\",      \"value\": \"DC 12 V \/ 1 A\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Battery\",      \"value\": \"AAA 1.2 V rechargeable battery x4\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"DMX Protocol\",      \"value\": \"DMX-512 \/ 1990\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Signal Connections\",      \"value\": \"XLR 5-pin x2 and RJ11 phone jack x2\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Operating Time\",      \"value\": \"Up to 3 hours after 5 hours charging\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Standby Time\",      \"value\": \"Up to 100 hours\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Power Saving\",      \"value\": \"Sleep mode after 5 minutes\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Dimensions\",      \"value\": \"100(W) x 133(H) x 50(D) mm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Weight\",      \"value\": \"0.75 kg\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\" CX-1 C\" data-category=\"Lighting Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003e Can CX-1 C replace a lighting console?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eNo. It is a portable tester for checking DMX signal behavior, not a show-control console.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eHow long does the battery last?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eThe specification notes about 3 hours of operation after a 5-hour charge, or approximately 100 hours standby.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhy are there RJ11 jacks as well as XLR connectors?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eThey give the tester additional connection options for service and signal-check workflows listed in the specification.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",  \"mainEntity\": [    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Can CX-1 C replace a lighting console?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"No. It is a portable tester for checking DMX signal behavior, not a show-control console.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"How long does the battery last?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"The specification notes about 3 hours of operation after a 5-hour charge, or approximately 100 hours standby.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Why are there RJ11 jacks as well as XLR connectors?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"They give the tester additional connection options for service and signal-check workflows listed in the specification.\"      }    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for CX-1 C --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"DMX Control \/ Mini Console","offer_id":53907495256363,"sku":"CX-1C","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/CX-1C_b.jpg?v=1782110965"},{"product_id":"cyc-1000","title":"CYC-1000 Cyclorama Light 1000 W ( CYC-1000)","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: L-B --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: cyc-1000-cyclorama-light-1000w.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title {  margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0;  font-size: 22px !important;  font-weight: 700;  line-height: 1.3;  color: #2C3E50 !important;  letter-spacing: 0;}.product-description h3 {  color: #2C3E50 !important;  font-size: 18px !important;  font-weight: bold;  margin-top: 1.5rem;  margin-bottom: 0.75rem;  line-height: 1.35;  letter-spacing: 0;}.product-description,.product-description p,.product-description li {  color: #222222 !important;}\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\" CYC-1000\" data-color=\"Matt black\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe CYC-1000 is a 1000 W asymmetric cyclorama light for theatre, broadcast, and venue backdrops that need an even wash without obvious scallop or hot spot. Its aluminum extrusion body, die-cast side panels, anodized aluminum reflector, 5.0 mm safety glass, and R7S ceramic lampholder form a rugged tungsten cyc fixture for ground-row or overhead use.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe 1000 W version is for larger backdrops, longer throws, and productions that need more tungsten punch through other stage light. It keeps the same compact CYC body dimensions while giving roughly twice the output of the 500 W version across the measured throw references.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003eJ-type 1000 W linear R7S lamp format gives the fixture a familiar lamp platform for theatrical maintenance teams.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eAsymmetric anodized aluminum reflector spreads light across the cyc instead of throwing a normal front-facing flood pattern.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e5.0 mm safety glass front panel and ribbed aluminum body support sustained use in hot stage environments.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eHinged access door simplifies lamp changes and gel loading, with microswitch protection on the ÜV version.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eInterlocking side panels support continuous ground-row arrays across a backdrop or cyclorama.\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eBuilt for theatre cycloramas, broadcast background washes, school stages, black-box venues, and studio scenery where a wide surface needs smooth tungsten coverage from a row of matched fixtures.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003ePairs with the matching BDR-1000 4-leaf barndoor and YL-1500 flexible linking yoke in the KUPO CYC \/ FDL accessory family.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"CYC-1000 Cyclorama Light 1000 W ( CYC-1000)\",  \"description\": \"The CYC-1000 is a 1000 W asymmetric cyclorama light for theatre, broadcast, and venue backdrops that need an even wash without obvious scallop or hot spot. Its aluminum extrusion body, die-cast side panels, anodized aluminum reflector, 5.0 mm safety glass, and R7S ceramic lampholder form a rugged tungsten cyc fixture for ground-row or overhead use.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\"  },  \"category\": \"Lighting Solution \u003e Light Fixtures\",  \"sku\": \" CYC-1000\",  \"mpn\": \" CYC-1000\",  \"color\": \"Matt black\",  \"material\": \"Aluminum extrusion with die-cast aluminum side panels\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Cyclorama light\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Lamp\",      \"value\": \"J-type 1000 W, linear R7S, length 189.1 mm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Lampholder\",      \"value\": \"R7S ceramic socket\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Reflector\",      \"value\": \"Anodized aluminum, asymmetric cyc\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Front Panel\",      \"value\": \"5.0 mm safety glass\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Body\",      \"value\": \"Extruded aluminum + die-cast sides\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Dimensions\",      \"value\": \"300 x 252 x 195 mm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Finish\",      \"value\": \"Matt black epoxy powder paint\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Door\",      \"value\": \"Hinged with microswitch on TÜV version\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Photometric\",      \"value\": \"7700 \/ 3000 \/ 1000 \/ 400 \/ 200 \/ 100 \/ 2000 \/ 500 \/ 300 \/ 150 lux from 2.5-25 m throw reference\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-section {  margin-top: 2rem;}.kupo-faq-seo-item {  margin-bottom: 1.25rem;}.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 {  color: #2C3E50 !important;  font-size: 17px !important;  font-weight: 600;  margin-bottom: 0.4rem;  line-height: 1.35;  letter-spacing: 0;}.kupo-faq-seo-item p {  color: #222222 !important;  margin-top: 0;}\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-section\"\u003e  \u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eShould I choose the CYC version or a normal flood light?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003e Choose CYC when the goal is an even cyclorama or backdrop wash. A flood light is better for broader area fill that is not trying to build a smooth cyc gradient.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhen does the 1000 W version make sense?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eUse the 1000 W fixture for longer throws, wider surfaces, or productions that need more output through competing stage light.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003e Can the fixtures be lined up as a ground row?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes. The side panels interlock fixture to fixture, which supports continuous cyc rows along an upstage edge.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",  \"mainEntity\": [    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Should I choose the CYC version or a normal flood light?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \" Choose CYC when the goal is an even cyclorama or backdrop wash. A flood light is better for broader area fill that is not trying to build a smooth cyc gradient.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"When does the 1000 W version make sense?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Use the 1000 W fixture for longer throws, wider surfaces, or productions that need more output through competing stage light.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Can the fixtures be lined up as a ground row?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Yes. The side panels interlock fixture to fixture, which supports continuous cyc rows along an upstage edge.\"      }    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Flood \/ Cyc Light \/ Cyclorama Light \/ Tungsten","offer_id":53907495289131,"sku":"CYC-1000","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/CYC-1000_b.jpg?v=1782110966"},{"product_id":"cyc-500","title":"CYC-500 Cyclorama Light 500 W ( CYC-500)","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: L-B --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: cyc-500-cyclorama-light-500w.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title {  margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0;  font-size: 22px !important;  font-weight: 700;  line-height: 1.3;  color: #2C3E50 !important;  letter-spacing: 0;}.product-description h3 {  color: #2C3E50 !important;  font-size: 18px !important;  font-weight: bold;  margin-top: 1.5rem;  margin-bottom: 0.75rem;  line-height: 1.35;  letter-spacing: 0;}.product-description,.product-description p,.product-description li {  color: #222222 !important;}\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\" CYC-500\" data-color=\"Matt black\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe CYC-500 is a 500 W asymmetric cyclorama light for theatre, broadcast, and venue backdrops that need an even wash without obvious scallop or hot spot. Its aluminum extrusion body, die-cast side panels, anodized aluminum reflector, 5.0 mm safety glass, and R7S ceramic lampholder form a rugged tungsten cyc fixture for ground-row or overhead use.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe 500 W version makes sense for shorter throws, smaller stages, and venues watching power budget closely. It still gives the asymmetric CYC distribution, but without specifying more wattage than the backdrop actually needs.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003eJ-type 500 W linear R7S lamp format gives the fixture a familiar lamp platform for theatrical maintenance teams.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eAsymmetric anodized aluminum reflector spreads light across the cyc instead of throwing a normal front-facing flood pattern.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e5.0 mm safety glass front panel and ribbed aluminum body support sustained use in hot stage environments.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eHinged access door simplifies lamp changes and gel loading, with microswitch protection on the ÜV version.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eInterlocking side panels support continuous ground-row arrays across a backdrop or cyclorama.\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eBuilt for theatre cycloramas, broadcast background washes, school stages, black-box venues, and studio scenery where a wide surface needs smooth tungsten coverage from a row of matched fixtures.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003ePairs with the matching BDR-500 4-leaf barndoor and YL-1500 flexible linking yoke in the KUPO CYC \/ FDL accessory family.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"CYC-500 Cyclorama Light 500 W ( CYC-500)\",  \"description\": \"The CYC-500 is a 500 W asymmetric cyclorama light for theatre, broadcast, and venue backdrops that need an even wash without obvious scallop or hot spot. Its aluminum extrusion body, die-cast side panels, anodized aluminum reflector, 5.0 mm safety glass, and R7S ceramic lampholder form a rugged tungsten cyc fixture for ground-row or overhead use.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\"  },  \"category\": \"Lighting Solution \u003e Light Fixtures\",  \"sku\": \" CYC-500\",  \"mpn\": \" CYC-500\",  \"color\": \"Matt black\",  \"material\": \"Aluminum extrusion with die-cast aluminum side panels\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Cyclorama light\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Lamp\",      \"value\": \"J-type 500 W, linear R7S, length 119.1 mm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Lampholder\",      \"value\": \"R7S ceramic socket\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Reflector\",      \"value\": \"Anodized aluminum, asymmetric cyc\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Front Panel\",      \"value\": \"5.0 mm safety glass\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Body\",      \"value\": \"Extruded aluminum + die-cast sides\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Dimensions\",      \"value\": \"300 x 252 x 195 mm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Finish\",      \"value\": \"Matt black epoxy powder paint\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Door\",      \"value\": \"Hinged with microswitch on TÜV version\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Photometric\",      \"value\": \"4000 \/ 1500 \/ 750 \/ 400 \/ 200 \/ 125 \/ 500 \/ 300 \/ 150 \/ 100 lux from 2.5-25 m throw reference\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-section {  margin-top: 2rem;}.kupo-faq-seo-item {  margin-bottom: 1.25rem;}.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 {  color: #2C3E50 !important;  font-size: 17px !important;  font-weight: 600;  margin-bottom: 0.4rem;  line-height: 1.35;  letter-spacing: 0;}.kupo-faq-seo-item p {  color: #222222 !important;  margin-top: 0;}\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-section\"\u003e  \u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eShould I choose the CYC version or a normal flood light?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003e Choose CYC when the goal is an even cyclorama or backdrop wash. A flood light is better for broader area fill that is not trying to build a smooth cyc gradient.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhen is the 500 W version enough?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eUse the 500 W fixture for shorter throws, smaller cycs, or venues where power budget is more limited.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003e Can the fixtures be lined up as a ground row?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes. The side panels interlock fixture to fixture, which supports continuous cyc rows along an upstage edge.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",  \"mainEntity\": [    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Should I choose the CYC version or a normal flood light?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \" Choose CYC when the goal is an even cyclorama or backdrop wash. A flood light is better for broader area fill that is not trying to build a smooth cyc gradient.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"When is the 500 W version enough?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Use the 500 W fixture for shorter throws, smaller cycs, or venues where power budget is more limited.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Can the fixtures be lined up as a ground row?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Yes. The side panels interlock fixture to fixture, which supports continuous cyc rows along an upstage edge.\"      }    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Flood \/ Cyc Light \/ Cyclorama Light \/ Tungsten","offer_id":53907497025835,"sku":"CYC-500","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/CYC-500_b.jpg?v=1782110967"},{"product_id":"df-502-au","title":"DF-502-AU Digi-Fan II, Australian\/NZ Plug (DF-502-AU)","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: L-G --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: df-502-au-digi-fan-ii-australian-nz-plug.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title {  margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0;  font-size: 22px !important;  font-weight: 700;  line-height: 1.3;  color: #2C3E50 !important;  letter-spacing: 0;}.product-description h3 {  color: #2C3E50 !important;  font-size: 18px !important;  font-weight: bold;  margin-top: 1.5rem;  margin-bottom: 0.75rem;  line-height: 1.35;  letter-spacing: 0;}.product-description,.product-description p,.product-description li {  color: #222222 !important;}\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"DF-502-AU\" data-color=\"Black\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe DF-502-AU Digi-Fan II is an effects fan with an Australian\/NZ plug, built for studios, theatres, theme parks, touring productions, photography sets, and film stages. Its 300 W brushless DC motor, deep-pitch blade, spiral grille, and air-inlet duct produce a focused column of controllable wind for haze, smoke, fabric, hair, confetti, snow, cooling, and ventilation work.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eA good effects fan is not just about moving air. It has to aim cleanly, respond quickly, stay light enough to rig, and plug into the control system without special treatment, which is why the Digi-Fan II combines manual control, Digital Multiplex (DMX) control, fast spin-up, and universal input in one 8.6 kg unit.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e300 W brushless DC motor delivers more than 60 % greater wind output than the previous generation while cutting energy consumption by at least 50 %.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eManual slider and DMX-512 control let the fan work as a local set tool or as part of a programmed stage cue.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e5-pin XLR DMX in and thru connectors support integration into existing theatre and film control systems.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e360° manual tilt, M10 bracket hole, and included mounting spigot support truss hanging or stand mounting.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e3 mm cable with Australian\/NZ plug matches AU\/NZ mains outlets for this regional version.\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eBuilt for blowing haze, smoke, bubbles, confetti, snow, wardrobe movement, scenic fabric, performer cooling, dimmer rack ventilation, amplifier cooling, and drying tasks on stages, sets, and themed environments.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUses AC 100-240 V universal input with an Australian\/NZ plug on this model; choose DF-502-EU or DF-502-US for Schuko or Edison plug versions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"DF-502-AU Digi-Fan II, Australian\/NZ Plug (DF-502-AU)\",  \"description\": \"The DF-502-AU Digi-Fan II is an effects fan with an Australian\/NZ plug, built for studios, theatres, theme parks, touring productions, photography sets, and film stages. Its 300 W brushless DC motor, deep-pitch blade, spiral grille, and air-inlet duct produce a focused column of controllable wind for haze, smoke, fabric, hair, confetti, snow, cooling, and ventilation work.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\"  },  \"category\": \"Lighting Solution \u003e Fans \u0026 Effects\",  \"sku\": \"DF-502-AU\",  \"mpn\": \"DF-502-AU\",  \"color\": \"Black\",  \"material\": \"Metal and plastic fan assembly\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Effects fan\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Power Input\",      \"value\": \"AC 100-240 V universal\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Max Current\",      \"value\": \"1.4 A\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Max Power Consumption\",      \"value\": \"110 W\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Motor\",      \"value\": \"BLDC motor 300 W\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Control\",      \"value\": \"Manual slider and DMX-512\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"DMX Connectors\",      \"value\": \"5-pin XLR in\/thru\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Spin-Up Time\",      \"value\": \"Under 2 seconds to full wind output\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Grille Diameter\",      \"value\": \"12 in \/ 30 cm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Air Volume\",      \"value\": \"6500 m³\/h\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Wind Speed\",      \"value\": \"50 km\/h at grille front\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Tilt Rotation\",      \"value\": \"360° manual tilt\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Mounting\",      \"value\": \"M10 hole on bracket plate, included mounting spigot\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Cable Length\",      \"value\": \"3 m\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Plug Type\",      \"value\": \"Australian\/NZ plug\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Dimensions\",      \"value\": \"348 x 380 x 270 mm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Net Weight\",      \"value\": \"8.6 kg\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-section {  margin-top: 2rem;}.kupo-faq-seo-item {  margin-bottom: 1.25rem;}.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 {  color: #2C3E50 !important;  font-size: 17px !important;  font-weight: 600;  margin-bottom: 0.4rem;  line-height: 1.35;  letter-spacing: 0;}.kupo-faq-seo-item p {  color: #222222 !important;  margin-top: 0;}\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-section\"\u003e  \u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003e Can this be controlled from a lighting console?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes. It supports DMX-512 control through 5-pin XLR in and thru connectors, while still offering a manual slider for local operation.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eIs the AU version different from the EU or US versions?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eThe fan specification is otherwise the same. The DF-502-AU ships with a 3 mm cable terminated in an Australian\/NZ plug.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003e Can it be hung, or is it only a floor fan?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eIt can be hung from the M10 bracket plate with suitable rigging hardware or mounted on a stand using the included mounting spigot.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",  \"mainEntity\": [    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Can this be controlled from a lighting console?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Yes. It supports DMX-512 control through 5-pin XLR in and thru connectors, while still offering a manual slider for local operation.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Is the AU version different from the EU or US versions?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"The fan specification is otherwise the same. The DF-502-AU ships with a 3 mm cable terminated in an Australian\/NZ plug.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Can it be hung, or is it only a floor fan?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"It can be hung from the M10 bracket plate with suitable rigging hardware or mounted on a stand using the included mounting spigot.\"      }    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Fan Effects \/ AU Plug","offer_id":53907497255211,"sku":"DF-502-AU","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/DF-502-AU_b.jpg?v=1782110969"},{"product_id":"df-502-eu","title":"DF-502-EU Digi-Fan II, Schuko plug (DF-502-EU)","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: L-G --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: df-502-eu-digi-fan-ii-schuko-plug.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title {  margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0;  font-size: 22px !important;  font-weight: 700;  line-height: 1.3;  color: #2C3E50 !important;  letter-spacing: 0;}.product-description h3 {  color: #2C3E50 !important;  font-size: 18px !important;  font-weight: bold;  margin-top: 1.5rem;  margin-bottom: 0.75rem;  line-height: 1.35;  letter-spacing: 0;}.product-description,.product-description p,.product-description li {  color: #222222 !important;}\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"DF-502-EU\" data-color=\"Black\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe DF-502-EU Digi-Fan II is an effects fan supplied with a Schuko plug, built for studios, theatres, theme parks, touring productions, photography sets, and film stages. Its 300 W brushless DC motor, deep-pitch blade, spiral grille, and air-inlet duct create a focused column of controllable wind for haze, smoke, fabric, hair, confetti, snow, cooling, and ventilation work.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe EU version is the clean choice when a fan package is headed into Schuko-equipped venues. It keeps the universal-input Digi-Fan II platform intact while removing the small but annoying adapter problem that can slow down set work and touring prep.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e300 W brushless DC motor delivers more than 60 % greater wind output than the previous generation while cutting energy consumption by at least 50 %.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eManual slider and Digital Multiplex (DMX)-512 control support both quick local adjustment and console-driven cueing.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e5-pin XLR DMX in and thru connectors let the fan sit cleanly inside a stage or film control network.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e360° manual tilt, M10 bracket hole, and included mounting spigot support truss hanging or stand mounting.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e3 mm cable with Schuko plug matches the destination mains outlet without changing the core fan specification.\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eBuilt for blowing haze, smoke, bubbles, confetti, snow, wardrobe movement, scenic fabric, performer cooling, dimmer rack ventilation, amplifier cooling, and drying tasks on stages, sets, and themed environments.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUses AC 100-240 V universal input; choose DF-502-AU, DF-502-EU, or DF-502-US according to the required molded plug for the venue market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"DF-502-EU Digi-Fan II, Schuko plug (DF-502-EU)\",  \"description\": \"The DF-502-EU Digi-Fan II is an effects fan supplied with a Schuko plug, built for studios, theatres, theme parks, touring productions, photography sets, and film stages. Its 300 W brushless DC motor, deep-pitch blade, spiral grille, and air-inlet duct create a focused column of controllable wind for haze, smoke, fabric, hair, confetti, snow, cooling, and ventilation work.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\"  },  \"category\": \"Lighting Solution \u003e Fans \u0026 Effects\",  \"sku\": \"DF-502-EU\",  \"mpn\": \"DF-502-EU\",  \"color\": \"Black\",  \"material\": \"Metal and plastic fan assembly\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Effects fan\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Power Input\",      \"value\": \"AC 100-240 V universal\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Max Current\",      \"value\": \"1.4 A\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Max Power Consumption\",      \"value\": \"110 W\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Motor\",      \"value\": \"BLDC motor 300 W\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Control\",      \"value\": \"Manual slider and DMX-512\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"DMX Connectors\",      \"value\": \"5-pin XLR in\/thru\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Spin-Up Time\",      \"value\": \"Under 2 seconds to full wind output\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Grille Diameter\",      \"value\": \"12 in \/ 30 cm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Air Volume\",      \"value\": \"6500 m³\/h\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Wind Speed\",      \"value\": \"50 km\/h at grille front\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Tilt Rotation\",      \"value\": \"360° manual tilt\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Mounting\",      \"value\": \"M10 hole on bracket plate, included mounting spigot\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Cable Length\",      \"value\": \"3 m\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Plug Type\",      \"value\": \"Schuko plug\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Dimensions\",      \"value\": \"348 x 380 x 270 mm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Net Weight\",      \"value\": \"8.6 kg\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-section {  margin-top: 2rem;}.kupo-faq-seo-item {  margin-bottom: 1.25rem;}.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 {  color: #2C3E50 !important;  font-size: 17px !important;  font-weight: 600;  margin-bottom: 0.4rem;  line-height: 1.35;  letter-spacing: 0;}.kupo-faq-seo-item p {  color: #222222 !important;  margin-top: 0;}\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-section\"\u003e  \u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eIs this fan different from the other Digi-Fan II plug versions?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eThe fan specification is the same. This SKU identifies the molded Schuko plug on the 3 mm cable.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003e Can it run from a lighting console?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes. It supports DMX-512 control through 5-pin XLR in and thru connectors, with a manual slider still available for local operation.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003e Can I hang it above a set?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes, when rigged with appropriate hardware. The bracket has an M10 hole and the fan also includes a spigot for stand mounting.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",  \"mainEntity\": [    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Is this fan different from the other Digi-Fan II plug versions?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"The fan specification is the same. This SKU identifies the molded Schuko plug on the 3 mm cable.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Can it run from a lighting console?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Yes. It supports DMX-512 control through 5-pin XLR in and thru connectors, with a manual slider still available for local operation.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Can I hang it above a set?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Yes, when rigged with appropriate hardware. The bracket has an M10 hole and the fan also includes a spigot for stand mounting.\"      }    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Fan Effects \/ EU Plug","offer_id":53907497353515,"sku":"DF-502-EU","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/DF-502-EU_b.jpg?v=1782110970"},{"product_id":"df-502-us","title":"DF-502-US Digi-Fan II, Edison plug (DF-502-US)","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: L-G --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: df-502-us-digi-fan-ii-edison-plug.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title {  margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0;  font-size: 22px !important;  font-weight: 700;  line-height: 1.3;  color: #2C3E50 !important;  letter-spacing: 0;}.product-description h3 {  color: #2C3E50 !important;  font-size: 18px !important;  font-weight: bold;  margin-top: 1.5rem;  margin-bottom: 0.75rem;  line-height: 1.35;  letter-spacing: 0;}.product-description,.product-description p,.product-description li {  color: #222222 !important;}\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"DF-502-US\" data-color=\"Black\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe DF-502-US Digi-Fan II is an effects fan supplied with an Edison plug, built for studios, theatres, theme parks, touring productions, photography sets, and film stages. Its 300 W brushless DC motor, deep-pitch blade, spiral grille, and air-inlet duct create a focused column of controllable wind for haze, smoke, fabric, hair, confetti, snow, cooling, and ventilation work.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe US version is set up for Edison-equipped stages, studios, and location kits. That regional plug choice matters when the fan has to move quickly between floor use, stand mounting, and overhead positions without hunting for adapters.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e300 W brushless DC motor delivers more than 60 % greater wind output than the previous generation while cutting energy consumption by at least 50 %.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eManual slider and Digital Multiplex (DMX)-512 control support both quick local adjustment and console-driven cueing.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e5-pin XLR DMX in and thru connectors let the fan sit cleanly inside a stage or film control network.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e360° manual tilt, M10 bracket hole, and included mounting spigot support truss hanging or stand mounting.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e3 mm cable with Edison plug matches the destination mains outlet without changing the core fan specification.\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eBuilt for blowing haze, smoke, bubbles, confetti, snow, wardrobe movement, scenic fabric, performer cooling, dimmer rack ventilation, amplifier cooling, and drying tasks on stages, sets, and themed environments.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUses AC 100-240 V universal input; choose DF-502-AU, DF-502-EU, or DF-502-US according to the required molded plug for the venue market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"DF-502-US Digi-Fan II, Edison plug (DF-502-US)\",  \"description\": \"The DF-502-US Digi-Fan II is an effects fan supplied with an Edison plug, built for studios, theatres, theme parks, touring productions, photography sets, and film stages. Its 300 W brushless DC motor, deep-pitch blade, spiral grille, and air-inlet duct create a focused column of controllable wind for haze, smoke, fabric, hair, confetti, snow, cooling, and ventilation work.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\"  },  \"category\": \"Lighting Solution \u003e Fans \u0026 Effects\",  \"sku\": \"DF-502-US\",  \"mpn\": \"DF-502-US\",  \"color\": \"Black\",  \"material\": \"Metal and plastic fan assembly\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Effects fan\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Power Input\",      \"value\": \"AC 100-240 V universal\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Max Current\",      \"value\": \"1.4 A\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Max Power Consumption\",      \"value\": \"110 W\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Motor\",      \"value\": \"BLDC motor 300 W\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Control\",      \"value\": \"Manual slider and DMX-512\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"DMX Connectors\",      \"value\": \"5-pin XLR in\/thru\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Spin-Up Time\",      \"value\": \"Under 2 seconds to full wind output\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Grille Diameter\",      \"value\": \"12 in \/ 30 cm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Air Volume\",      \"value\": \"6500 m³\/h\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Wind Speed\",      \"value\": \"50 km\/h at grille front\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Tilt Rotation\",      \"value\": \"360° manual tilt\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Mounting\",      \"value\": \"M10 hole on bracket plate, included mounting spigot\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Cable Length\",      \"value\": \"3 m\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Plug Type\",      \"value\": \"Edison plug\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Dimensions\",      \"value\": \"348 x 380 x 270 mm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Net Weight\",      \"value\": \"8.6 kg\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-section {  margin-top: 2rem;}.kupo-faq-seo-item {  margin-bottom: 1.25rem;}.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 {  color: #2C3E50 !important;  font-size: 17px !important;  font-weight: 600;  margin-bottom: 0.4rem;  line-height: 1.35;  letter-spacing: 0;}.kupo-faq-seo-item p {  color: #222222 !important;  margin-top: 0;}\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-section\"\u003e  \u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eIs this fan different from the other Digi-Fan II plug versions?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eThe fan specification is the same. This SKU identifies the molded Edison plug on the 3 mm cable.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003e Can it run from a lighting console?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes. It supports DMX-512 control through 5-pin XLR in and thru connectors, with a manual slider still available for local operation.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003e Can I hang it above a set?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes, when rigged with appropriate hardware. The bracket has an M10 hole and the fan also includes a spigot for stand mounting.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",  \"mainEntity\": [    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Is this fan different from the other Digi-Fan II plug versions?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"The fan specification is the same. This SKU identifies the molded Edison plug on the 3 mm cable.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Can it run from a lighting console?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Yes. It supports DMX-512 control through 5-pin XLR in and thru connectors, with a manual slider still available for local operation.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Can I hang it above a set?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Yes, when rigged with appropriate hardware. The bracket has an M10 hole and the fan also includes a spigot for stand mounting.\"      }    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Fan Effects \/ US Plug","offer_id":53907497386283,"sku":"DF-502-US","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/DF-502-US_b.jpg?v=1782110971"},{"product_id":"dmx-iris","title":"DMX-IRIS DMX-Controlled 18-Leaf Iris for ETC Source Four (DMX-IRIS)","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: L-E --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: dmx-iris-18-leaf-dmx-iris-ets-source-four.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title {  margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0;  font-size: 22px !important;  font-weight: 700;  line-height: 1.3;  color: #2C3E50 !important;  letter-spacing: 0;}.product-description h3 {  color: #2C3E50 !important;  font-size: 18px !important;  font-weight: bold;  margin-top: 1.5rem;  margin-bottom: 0.75rem;  line-height: 1.35;  letter-spacing: 0;}.product-description,.product-description p,.product-description li {  color: #222222 !important;}\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"DMX-IRIS\" data-color=\"Black\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe DMX-IRIS is a DMX-controlled 18-leaf iris for S4 ellipsoidal spotlights, giving the lighting designer remote aperture control from the console. It combines a stainless steel iris, DMX-512 motorization, manual knob operation, and a locking frame that holds position even when the fixture is mounted upside down, sideways, or on an automated yoke.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eManual irises are useful until the fixture is at trim height and the designer wants the beam to tighten during a cue. Motorized control turns that static accessory into a live creative tool, especially for reveals, specials, cue transitions, and beam-size changes that need to happen in time.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e18-leaf stainless steel iris creates a smooth aperture for tightening or opening the Source Four beam.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eDMX-512 motorized control lets the aperture move from the lighting console during programmed cues.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eManual knob operation remains available when DMX power or control is not being used.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eZero switch selects fully closed or fully open as the default aperture position for predictable startup behavior.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e5-pin XLR in and out, DIP switch addressing, self-check button, and power\/signal LEDs keep setup and diagnostics visible on the unit.\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eBuilt for theatre specials, broadcast profile spots, automated Source Four positions, reveal cues, architectural accents, and any rig where an ETC Source Four beam needs remote aperture control.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eDesigned as a drop-in motorized iris for S4 ellipsoidal spotlights, with AC 100-240 V IEC universal power input and DMX-512 control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"DMX-IRIS DMX-Controlled 18-Leaf Iris for ETC Source Four (DMX-IRIS)\",  \"description\": \"The DMX-IRIS is a DMX-controlled 18-leaf iris for S4 ellipsoidal spotlights, giving the lighting designer remote aperture control from the console. It combines a stainless steel iris, DMX-512 motorization, manual knob operation, and a locking frame that holds position even when the fixture is mounted upside down, sideways, or on an automated yoke.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\"  },  \"category\": \"Lighting Solution \u003e DMX Testers \u0026 Terminators\",  \"sku\": \"DMX-IRIS\",  \"mpn\": \"DMX-IRIS\",  \"color\": \"Black\",  \"material\": \"Stainless steel iris with black-coated metal frame\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"DMX-controlled iris\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Compatible Fixture\",      \"value\": \"S4 ellipsoidal spotlight\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Iris Construction\",      \"value\": \"18-leaf stainless steel\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Power Input\",      \"value\": \"AC 100-240 V, IEC universal plug\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Control\",      \"value\": \"DMX-512 motorized or manual knob\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Signal Connection\",      \"value\": \"5-pin XLR in and out\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Address Setting\",      \"value\": \"DIP switch\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Default Position\",      \"value\": \"Zero switch: closed\/open\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Self-Test\",      \"value\": \"Check button\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Indicators\",      \"value\": \"Power and signal LED indicators\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Finish\",      \"value\": \"Black-coated metal frame\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-section {  margin-top: 2rem;}.kupo-faq-seo-item {  margin-bottom: 1.25rem;}.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 {  color: #2C3E50 !important;  font-size: 17px !important;  font-weight: 600;  margin-bottom: 0.4rem;  line-height: 1.35;  letter-spacing: 0;}.kupo-faq-seo-item p {  color: #222222 !important;  margin-top: 0;}\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-section\"\u003e  \u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003e Can the iris move during a cue?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes. It is motorized for DMX-512 control, so aperture changes can be recorded and played back from the console.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhat happens if I only need a fixed setting?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eThe manual knob can be used when remote control is not needed, and the Zero switch sets the default open or closed starting position.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWill it stay locked if the Source Four is mounted sideways?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes. The locking frame is designed to hold the iris securely regardless of fixture orientation, including side-mounted and inverted positions.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",  \"mainEntity\": [    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Can the iris move during a cue?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Yes. It is motorized for DMX-512 control, so aperture changes can be recorded and played back from the console.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"What happens if I only need a fixed setting?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"The manual knob can be used when remote control is not needed, and the Zero switch sets the default open or closed starting position.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Will it stay locked if the Source Four is mounted sideways?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Yes. The locking frame is designed to hold the iris securely regardless of fixture orientation, including side-mounted and inverted positions.\"      }    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Fixture Accessory \/ Iris \/ Aperture Control","offer_id":53907497484587,"sku":"DMX-IRIS","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/DMX-IRIS_b.jpg?v=1782110971"},{"product_id":"dp-24","title":"DP-24 - KUPO Decode DMX to Analog Signal Interface","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: L-E (DMX testers and control) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: Description\/Missing_Markdown\/lighting_solution\/dmx_control\/dp-24-dmx-to-analog-signal-interface.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"DP-24\" data-color=\"NA\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO DP-24 is a rack-mount interface that decodes DMX-512 control into DC 0-10 V analog output. It is built for venues and systems where a modern DMX console still needs to drive legacy analog dimmers, architectural controls, or other 0-10 V equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eNot every installation moves from analog to DMX in one clean step. DP-24 gives those hybrid systems a bridge, mapping selectable DMX address ranges to analog outputs so older control infrastructure can stay useful while the operator works from a DMX controller.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Converts DMX-512 \/ 1990 input into DC 0-10 V analog output\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eSelectable start channel maps CH01-24, CH25-48, or CH49-72 to the analog output connector\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eD-type 25-pin analog connector supports organized rack wiring\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eAC 100-240 V, 45-63 Hz power input suits a wide range of installations\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e19\" 1U rack form keeps the interface tidy in control or dimmer racks\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse it for DMX-to-0-10 V conversion, legacy dimmer integration, architectural lighting retrofits, theatre upgrades, and mixed control systems where analog outputs still matter.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eSupports DMX-512 \/ 1990 via XLR 5-pin and DC 0-10 V analog output through D-type 25-pin connector. It converts control signal only and does not provide dimmed power output.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"DP-24 | KUPO Decode DMX to Analog Signal Interface\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO DP-24 is a rack-mount interface that decodes DMX-512 control into DC 0-10 V analog output. It is built for venues and systems where a modern DMX console still needs to drive legacy analog dimmers, architectural controls, or other 0-10 V equipment.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.stage.com.tw\"  },  \"category\": \"Lighting Solution \u003e DMX Control\",  \"sku\": \"DP-24\",  \"mpn\": \"DP-24\",  \"material\": \"Rack-mount DMX-to-analog interface\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"DMX-to-analog signal interface\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Power Input\",      \"value\": \"AC 100-240 V, 45-63 Hz\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"DMX Protocol\",      \"value\": \"DMX-512 \/ 1990\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"DMX Signal Connection\",      \"value\": \"XLR 5-pin\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Analog Output\",      \"value\": \"DC 0-10 V\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Output Channels\",      \"value\": \"72 channels, start channel selectable\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Analog Mapping\",      \"value\": \"CH01-72 via D-type 25-pin\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Installation\",      \"value\": \"19\\\" 1U rack mountable\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Dimensions\",      \"value\": \"482(W) x 44(H) x 240(D) mm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Weight\",      \"value\": \"2 kg\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"DP-24\" data-category=\"Lighting Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eDoes DP-24 dim the load directly?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eNo. DP-24 converts DMX control data into DC 0-10 V analog signal. It is not a dimmer pack.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eHow are the analog channels assigned?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eThe start channel is selectable, allowing DMX channels 1-24, 25-48, or 49-72 to map to the 25-pin analog connector.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhy would I need this in a modern DMX system?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eUse it when the console or control network is DMX, but the connected dimmer or architectural equipment still expects DC 0-10 V analog control.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",  \"mainEntity\": [    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Does DP-24 dim the load directly?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"No. DP-24 converts DMX control data into DC 0-10 V analog signal. It is not a dimmer pack.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"How are the analog channels assigned?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"The start channel is selectable, allowing DMX channels 1-24, 25-48, or 49-72 to map to the 25-pin analog connector.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Why would I need this in a modern DMX system?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Use it when the console or control network is DMX, but the connected dimmer or architectural equipment still expects DC 0-10 V analog control.\"      }    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for DP-24 --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"DMX Control \/ DMX-to-Analog Interface","offer_id":53907497550123,"sku":"DP-24","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/DP-24_b.jpg?v=1782110972"},{"product_id":"dp-81ii","title":"DP-81II - KUPO DMX Splitter Panel","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: L-E (DMX testers and control) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: Description\/Missing_Markdown\/lighting_solution\/dmx_control\/dp-81ii-dmx-splitter-panel.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"DP-81II\" data-color=\"NA\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO DP-81II is a rack-mount DMX splitter panel that distributes one DMX-512 input to eight output lines. It keeps DMX routing organized in a rack, making it useful for theatres, studios, event racks, and installations where long daisy-chain runs are not the cleanest answer.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eA splitter is about signal layout, not drama. DP-81II gives the control system eight clearly defined 5-pin XLR outputs from one input, helping technicians route fixture branches, dimmer rooms, and stage positions without turning the rack into a patch of inline boxes.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003eOne 5-pin XLR female input distributes DMX to eight 5-pin XLR male outputs\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eSupports DMX-512 \/ 1990 control signal distribution\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eRack-mount panel format keeps signal routing organized in fixed or touring systems\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e482 x 44 x 113 mm body fits standard 19\" rack workflows\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eUseful for reducing long daisy-chain dependency across fixture or dimmer branches\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse it for DMX distribution in theatres, studios, touring racks, fixed installations, dimmer-room feeds, and event systems that need multiple controlled output branches.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eDesigned for DMX-512 \/ 1990 signal routing with one 5-pin XLR female input and eight 5-pin XLR male outputs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"DP-81II | KUPO DMX Splitter Panel\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO DP-81II is a rack-mount DMX splitter panel that distributes one DMX-512 input to eight output lines. It keeps DMX routing organized in a rack, making it useful for theatres, studios, event racks, and installations where long daisy-chain runs are not the cleanest answer.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.stage.com.tw\"  },  \"category\": \"Lighting Solution \u003e DMX Control\",  \"sku\": \"DP-81II\",  \"mpn\": \"DP-81II\",  \"material\": \"Rack-mount DMX splitter panel\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"DMX splitter panel\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Power Input\",      \"value\": \"AC 100-240 V\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"DMX Protocol\",      \"value\": \"DMX-512 \/ 1990\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Signal Input\",      \"value\": \"1 x 5-pin XLR female\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Signal Output\",      \"value\": \"8 x 5-pin XLR male\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Installation\",      \"value\": \"19\\\" rack-mount panel\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Dimensions\",      \"value\": \"482(W) x 44(H) x 113(D) mm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Weight\",      \"value\": \"1.16 kg\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"DP-81II\" data-category=\"Lighting Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eIs DP-81II a dimmer?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eNo. It distributes DMX control signal. It does not provide dimmed power output.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eHow many DMX outputs does it provide?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eIt provides eight 5-pin XLR male outputs from one 5-pin XLR female input.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhy use a rack panel instead of inline splitters?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eA rack panel keeps the DMX distribution point cleaner, easier to label, and easier to service in touring or installed systems.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",  \"mainEntity\": [    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Is DP-81II a dimmer?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"No. It distributes DMX control signal. It does not provide dimmed power output.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"How many DMX outputs does it provide?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"It provides eight 5-pin XLR male outputs from one 5-pin XLR female input.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Why use a rack panel instead of inline splitters?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"A rack panel keeps the DMX distribution point cleaner, easier to label, and easier to service in touring or installed systems.\"      }    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for DP-81II --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"DMX Control \/ DMX Splitter","offer_id":53907497615659,"sku":"DP-81II","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/DP-81II_b.jpg?v=1782110973"},{"product_id":"dx-1220","title":"DX-1220 Lighting Control System, 12-Channel DMX Dimmer Pack, 20 A per Channel (DX-1220)","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: L-E --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: dx-1220-lighting-control-system-12ch-dmx-dimmer-pack-20a.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title {  margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0;  font-size: 22px !important;  font-weight: 700;  line-height: 1.3;  color: #2C3E50 !important;  letter-spacing: 0;}.product-description h3 {  color: #2C3E50 !important;  font-size: 18px !important;  font-weight: bold;  margin-top: 1.5rem;  margin-bottom: 0.75rem;  line-height: 1.35;  letter-spacing: 0;}.product-description,.product-description p,.product-description li {  color: #222222 !important;}\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"DX-1220\" data-color=\"Black\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe DX-1220 is a 12-channel DMX dimmer pack in a 19\" 4U rack chassis, built for venues that need serviceable control of conventional tungsten and switched lighting loads. Each channel is an extractable 20 A module with its own Miniature Circuit Breaker (MCB), giving technicians a practical way to maintain a rack without removing the entire dimmer from the electrical bay.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eA venue dimmer rack has to keep working through long seasons, not just pass the first install. Pull-out modules, per-channel protection, software output limiting, emergency scene memory, and self-test mode all point toward the same goal: faster service and fewer dark circuits when the room is active.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e12 channels at 20 A maximum output per channel support conventional theatrical loads and architectural circuits in one rack unit.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eIndividual extractable modules with dedicated MCB protection make field service more practical than replacing or removing the full rack.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eDMX-512 control plus DC 0-10 V analog input supports modern consoles and legacy backup or retrofit systems.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eEmergency scene memory continues a stored output if the DMX signal drops, keeping the space lit during control failure.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eAutomatic thermal management starts the fan at 37 °C, cuts output above 63 °C, and restarts below 60 °C.\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eAdditional Technical Notes\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003ePower Input: AC 100-240 V, 45-63 Hz, 3 phase 4 wire, other spec upon request\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eDesigned for theatres, concert halls, hotel ballrooms, conference centers, museums, galleries, cinemas, department stores, nightclubs, and other venues running conventional dimmed or switched lighting circuits.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eAccepts DMX-512 over 5-pin XLR and DC 0-10 V analog input over 15-pin D-sub; specify the DX-1230 instead when 30 A per channel capacity is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"DX-1220 Lighting Control System, 12-Channel DMX Dimmer Pack, 20 A per Channel (DX-1220)\",  \"description\": \"The DX-1220 is a 12-channel DMX dimmer pack in a 19\\\" 4U rack chassis, built for venues that need serviceable control of conventional tungsten and switched lighting loads. Each channel is an extractable 20 A module with its own Miniature Circuit Breaker (MCB), giving technicians a practical way to maintain a rack without removing the entire dimmer from the electrical bay.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\"  },  \"category\": \"Lighting Solution \u003e DMX Testers \u0026 Terminators\",  \"sku\": \"DX-1220\",  \"mpn\": \"DX-1220\",  \"color\": \"Black\",  \"material\": \"Rack-mount electrical dimmer assembly\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"12-channel DMX dimmer pack\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Power Input\",      \"value\": \"AC 100-240 V, 45-63 Hz, 3-phase 4-wire\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Maximum Output\",      \"value\": \"20 A per channel, 12 channels\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Protocol\",      \"value\": \"DMX-512\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"DMX Signal Connection\",      \"value\": \"XLR 5-pin\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Analog Signal Input\",      \"value\": \"DC 0-10 V\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Analog Signal Channel\",      \"value\": \"12 channel, pin1-pin12 CH1-CH12, pin15 GND\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Analog Signal Connection\",      \"value\": \"D-type plug 15-pin\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Per-Channel Protection\",      \"value\": \"MCB (NFB) for each channel\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Output Limiting\",      \"value\": \"Software-limited per channel\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Emergency Scene\",      \"value\": \"Stored cue output on signal loss\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Thermal Management\",      \"value\": \"Fan on at 37 °C, output cutoff at 63 °C, restart below 60 °C\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Self-Test\",      \"value\": \"Built-in test mode without console\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Channel Modes\",      \"value\": \"Dimming or switch per channel\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Installation\",      \"value\": \"19-inch 4U standard rack\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Dimensions\",      \"value\": \"482 (W) x 176 (H) x 297 (D) mm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Weight\",      \"value\": \"21 kg\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-section {  margin-top: 2rem;}.kupo-faq-seo-item {  margin-bottom: 1.25rem;}.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 {  color: #2C3E50 !important;  font-size: 17px !important;  font-weight: 600;  margin-bottom: 0.4rem;  line-height: 1.35;  letter-spacing: 0;}.kupo-faq-seo-item p {  color: #222222 !important;  margin-top: 0;}\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-section\"\u003e  \u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003e Can each channel be serviced separately?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes. Each of the twelve channels is built as an extractable module with its own breaker, which helps field service stay contained to the affected channel.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhat happens if DMX drops during an event?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eThe emergency scene memory can continue outputting a stored cue, helping keep the room lit while the control issue is handled.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhen would I choose DX-1230 instead?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003e Choose DX-1230 when the installation requires 30 A per channel. DX-1220 is the 20 A per channel version for general theatrical and architectural loads.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",  \"mainEntity\": [    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Can each channel be serviced separately?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Yes. Each of the twelve channels is built as an extractable module with its own breaker, which helps field service stay contained to the affected channel.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"What happens if DMX drops during an event?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"The emergency scene memory can continue outputting a stored cue, helping keep the room lit while the control issue is handled.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"When would I choose DX-1230 instead?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \" Choose DX-1230 when the installation requires 30 A per channel. DX-1220 is the 20 A per channel version for general theatrical and architectural loads.\"      }    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"DMX Control \/ Dimmer Pack \/ 12ch \/ 20A per ch","offer_id":53907497713963,"sku":"DX-1220","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/DX-1220_b.jpg?v=1782110974"},{"product_id":"dx-1230","title":"DX-1230 - KUPO 12 Ch Lighting Control System, Max.30 A per Channel","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: L-E (DMX testers and control) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: Description\/Missing_Markdown\/lighting_solution\/dmx_control\/dx-1230-lighting-control-system-12ch-30a.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"DX-1230\" data-color=\"NA\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO DX-1230 is a 12-channel modular DMX dimmer pack for rack-based lighting control, rated up to 30 A maximum output per channel. It is the higher-capacity sister to the DX-1220, built for installations that need 12 channels of dimming or switching with heavier per-channel load capability.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eLarge dimmer systems are service problems unless they are designed in modules. DX-1230 uses twelve extractable channel modules, MCB \/ NFB protection per channel, DMX and analog input support, emergency scene behavior, and thermal management so the rack can be operated and maintained with fewer surprises.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e12-channel modular dimmer system with up to 30 A maximum output per channel\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eTwelve individual extractable modules support service at the channel-module level\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eDMX-512 and DC 0-10 V analog input support both modern and legacy control systems\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eEmergency scene output can continue when DMX signal is lost\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eThermal protection uses fan activation, output cutoff, and restart thresholds for safer operation\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eAdditional Technical Notes\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003ePower Input: AC 100-240 V, 45-63 Hz, 3 phase 4 wire; other specifications upon request\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse it for theatres, concert halls, hotels, conference centers, museums, galleries, cinemas, department stores, entertainment centers, nightclubs, and architectural lighting systems that need rack-based dimming with higher channel capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eSupports DMX-512 via XLR 5-pin and DC 0-10 V analog input via D-type 15-pin connector. Power input is AC 100-240 V, 45-63 Hz, 3 phase 4 wire, with other specifications upon request.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"DX-1230 | KUPO 12 Ch Lighting Control System, Max.30 A per Channel\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO DX-1230 is a 12-channel modular DMX dimmer pack for rack-based lighting control, rated up to 30 A maximum output per channel. It is the higher-capacity sister to the DX-1220, built for installations that need 12 channels of dimming or switching with heavier per-channel load capability.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.stage.com.tw\"  },  \"category\": \"Lighting Solution \u003e DMX Control\",  \"sku\": \"DX-1230\",  \"mpn\": \"DX-1230\",  \"material\": \"19\\\" rack-mount modular dimmer system\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"12-channel modular DMX dimmer pack\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Maximum Output\",      \"value\": \"30 A per channel\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Power Input\",      \"value\": \"AC 100-240 V, 45-63 Hz, 3-phase 4-wire\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"DMX Protocol\",      \"value\": \"DMX-512\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"DMX Signal Connection\",      \"value\": \"XLR 5-pin\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Analog Signal Input\",      \"value\": \"DC 0-10 V, 12 channels, D-type 15-pin\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Channel Protection\",      \"value\": \"MCB \/ NFB protection on each channel\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Service Design\",      \"value\": \"12 extractable dimmer modules\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Emergency Scene\",      \"value\": \"Stored scene output when DMX signal is lost\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Thermal Management\",      \"value\": \"Fan starts above 37 °C; output cuts off above 63 °C and restarts below 60 °C\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Channel Modes\",      \"value\": \"Dimming \/ switch mode per channel\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Installation\",      \"value\": \"19\\\" 4U standard rack\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Dimensions\",      \"value\": \"482(W) x 176(H) x 297(D) mm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Weight\",      \"value\": \"21.5 kg\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"DX-1230\" data-category=\"Lighting Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eHow is DX-1230 different from DX-1220°\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eDX-1230 is the higher-capacity version, rated up to 30 A per channel instead of 20 A per channel.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003e Can it work without a DMX console during testing?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes. The specification lists a self-test function for checking output without a console.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eDoes it support analog control?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes. It supports DC 0-10 V analog input in addition to DMX-512, which is useful in mixed or legacy control environments.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",  \"mainEntity\": [    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"How is DX-1230 different from DX-1220?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"DX-1230 is the higher-capacity version, rated up to 30 A per channel instead of 20 A per channel.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Can it work without a DMX console during testing?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Yes. The specification lists a self-test function for checking output without a console.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Does it support analog control?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Yes. It supports DC 0-10 V analog input in addition to DMX-512, which is useful in mixed or legacy control environments.\"      }    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for DX-1230 --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"DMX Control \/ Dimmer Pack \/ 12ch \/ 30A per ch","offer_id":53907497976107,"sku":"DX-1230","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/DX-1230_b.jpg?v=1782110975"},{"product_id":"dx-404","title":"DX-404 - KUPO DMX Dimmer Pack","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: L-E (DMX testers and control) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: Description\/Missing_Markdown\/lighting_solution\/dmx_control\/dx-404-dmx-dimmer-pack.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"DX-404\" data-color=\"NA\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO DX-404 is a compact DMX (Digital Multiplex) dimmer pack for small lighting systems that still need proper addressing, dimming response, preview, and load-friendly warm-up behavior. It is sized for truss hanging or desktop use, making it practical when a full rack dimmer would be too large for the job.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eSmall rigs often fail at the awkward middle ground: more control than a household dimmer, less space than a dimmer rack. DX-404 gives technicians four-channel style portability with 5 A per-channel capacity, start-address control, and output-status preview in a package that can live near the fixture position.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e5 A per channel and 15 A total output support compact theatrical, venue, and service rigs\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eDMX-512 control with XLR 3-pin and 6P4 C RJ11 signal connections gives more wiring flexibility in small systems\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e C3 dimming curve and 256-step resolution provide smoother level changes than simple on\/off control\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eWarm-up setting from 0-6 % helps protect lamp loads and extend bulb life during repeated operation\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eAuto frequency tracking and channel output preview make setup easier when the pack is used away from the main console\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse it for small venues, rehearsal rooms, touring practicals, temporary stage positions, service benches, and compact truss rigs that need portable DMX dimming without a rack system.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eDesigned for DMX-512 control systems and lamp loads within 5 A per channel, with power options for AC 100-120 V or AC 200-240 V at 45-63 Hz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"DX-404 | KUPO DMX Dimmer Pack\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO DX-404 is a compact DMX (Digital Multiplex) dimmer pack for small lighting systems that still need proper addressing, dimming response, preview, and load-friendly warm-up behavior. It is sized for truss hanging or desktop use, making it practical when a full rack dimmer would be too large for the job.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.stage.com.tw\"  },  \"category\": \"Lighting Solution \u003e DMX Control\",  \"sku\": \"DX-404\",  \"mpn\": \"DX-404\",  \"material\": \" Compact truss or desktop dimmer pack\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"4-channel DMX dimmer pack\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Maximum Output\",      \"value\": \"5 A per channel, 15 A total\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Power Input\",      \"value\": \"AC 100-120 V or AC 200-240 V, 45-63 Hz\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"DMX Protocol\",      \"value\": \"DMX-512\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Signal Connections\",      \"value\": \"XLR 3-pin and 6P4 C RJ11\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Dimming Control\",      \"value\": \"C3 curve, 256 steps, DMX addressing\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Status Preview\",      \"value\": \"Channel output status preview\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Frequency Handling\",      \"value\": \"Auto frequency tracking\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Warm-Up Range\",      \"value\": \"0-6 %\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Load Protection\",      \"value\": \"Automatic warm-up protection\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Installation\",      \"value\": \"Truss hanging or desktop operation\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Dimensions\",      \"value\": \"240(W) x 88(H) x 120(D) mm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Weight\",      \"value\": \"1.2 kg\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"DX-404\" data-category=\"Lighting Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003e Can this replace a full rack dimmer?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eOnly for smaller loads. DX-404 is intended for compact systems, with 5 A per channel and 15 A total output rather than high-capacity rack dimming.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhy does the warm-up setting matter?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eThe 0-6 % warm-up setting keeps a small amount of power available to the lamp load, which can reduce stress during repeated cueing.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003e Can I put it on truss instead of a table?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes. The product description describes DX-404 for truss hanging or desktop operation, so it can sit close to the fixtures when the setup calls for it.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",  \"mainEntity\": [    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Can this replace a full rack dimmer?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Only for smaller loads. DX-404 is intended for compact systems, with 5 A per channel and 15 A total output rather than high-capacity rack dimming.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Why does the warm-up setting matter?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"The 0-6 % warm-up setting keeps a small amount of power available to the lamp load, which can reduce stress during repeated cueing.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Can I put it on truss instead of a table?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Yes. The product description describes DX-404 for truss hanging or desktop operation, so it can sit close to the fixtures when the setup calls for it.\"      }    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for DX-404 --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"DMX Control \/ Dimmer Pack \/ 4ch \/ 5A per ch","offer_id":53907498041643,"sku":"DX-404","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/DX-404_b.jpg?v=1782110976"},{"product_id":"eap-cf","title":"EAP-CF - KUPO Round Color Frame for S4","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: L-A (Barndoors and PAR accessories) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: Description\/Missing_Markdown\/lighting_solution\/color_frame\/eap-cf-round-color-frame-for-s4.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"EAP-CF\" data-color=\"NA\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO EAP-CF is a color frame for S4 fixture family \/ S4 PAR round frame. It gives the fixture a properly sized front accessory holder for gel, diffusion, or compatible color media so the beam can be colored cleanly without loose sheets or improvised clips.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eA color frame is simple, but the fit has to be right. EAP-CF keeps prepared gel media centered at the fixture face, which helps crews label colors, change looks quickly, and avoid disturbing focus during service or show turnaround.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003eSized for S4 fixture family \/ S4 PAR round frame\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eHolds gel, diffusion, or compatible color media flat at the fixture front\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eSupports prepared color changes in theatre, studio, venue, and rental workflows\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eKeeps color media in a repeatable accessory format instead of loose cut sheets\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003ePart of the KUPO ETF \/ EAP lighting-control accessory range\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eHost Fixture\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eHost fixture compatibility: S4 fixture family \/ S4 PAR round frame. Use the frame that matches the fixture family and lens\/accessory size, especially on narrow-angle S4 units where the front accessory format changes.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse it for theatrical color, correction, diffusion, fixture accessory replacement, rental inventory completion, and prepared gel workflows.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e Compatible with S4 fixture family \/ S4 PAR round frame. Match the host fixture and lens tube\/accessory size before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"EAP-CF | KUPO Round Color Frame for S4\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO EAP-CF is a color frame for S4 fixture family \/ S4 PAR round frame. It gives the fixture a properly sized front accessory holder for gel, diffusion, or compatible color media so the beam can be colored cleanly without loose sheets or improvised clips.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.stage.com.tw\"  },  \"category\": \"Lighting Solution \u003e Lighting Control Accessories \u003e Color Frames\",  \"sku\": \"EAP-CF\",  \"mpn\": \"EAP-CF\",  \"material\": \"Metal color frame\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Round color frame\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Compatible Fixture\",      \"value\": \"S4 family \/ S4 PAR round frame\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Accessory Function\",      \"value\": \"Gel \/ color media holder\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Application\",      \"value\": \"Color filtering \/ quick changes\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"EAP-CF\" data-category=\"Lighting Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eIs this a gel frame or a light fixture?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eIt is a color frame accessory. It holds gel or compatible media at the front of the host fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhy are there several similar ETF color frames?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eThey fit different fixture families and lens\/accessory sizes. Match the SKU to the host fixture rather than choosing by appearance alone.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003e Can it be used for diffusion as well as color gel?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes, when the media is compatible with the fixture and heat conditions, the frame can hold color or diffusion material.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",  \"mainEntity\": [    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Is this a gel frame or a light fixture?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"It is a color frame accessory. It holds gel or compatible media at the front of the host fixture.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Why are there several similar ETF color frames?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"They fit different fixture families and lens\/accessory sizes. Match the SKU to the host fixture rather than choosing by appearance alone.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Can it be used for diffusion as well as color gel?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Yes, when the media is compatible with the fixture and heat conditions, the frame can hold color or diffusion material.\"      }    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for EAP-CF --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Fixture Accessory \/ Color \/ Gel Holding","offer_id":53907498107179,"sku":"EAP-CF","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/EAP-CF_b.jpg?v=1782110977"},{"product_id":"eap-h3","title":"EAP-H3 - KUPO 3\" Round Frame Half Top Hat for S4 PAR","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: L-A (Lighting control accessory) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: Description\/Missing_Markdown\/lighting_solution\/top_hat_donut\/eap-h3-3\"-round-frame-half-top-hat-for-s4-par.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"EAP-H3\" data-color=\"NA\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO EAP-H3 is a 3\" round-frame half top hat for S4 PAR. It shields selected viewing angles from direct lens flare and spill while keeping the accessory shallow, open, and easy to handle on compact PAR positions.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eNot every glare problem needs a deep snoot. EAP-H3 is useful when the fixture face is visible but space is tight, giving the crew a low-profile glare-control accessory for S4 PAR round frame.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e3\" half top hat gives compact glare reduction without fully enclosing the beam\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eRound-frame format matches S4 PAR round-frame accessory applications\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eHelps reduce direct lens flare from audience-facing or low-trim positions\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eMatt black finish reduces reflection from the accessory surface\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eShort depth keeps the front accessory package easier to handle in tight rigs\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse it for audience-facing S4 PAR positions, side light, low trim, display lighting, and compact rigs where a shallow half top hat is enough to reduce lens visibility.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eS4 PAR round frame\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"EAP-H3 | KUPO 3\\\" Round Frame Half Top Hat for S4 PAR\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO EAP-H3 is a 3\\\" round-frame half top hat for S4 PAR. It shields selected viewing angles from direct lens flare and spill while keeping the accessory shallow, open, and easy to handle on compact PAR positions.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.stage.com.tw\"  },  \"category\": \"Lighting Solution \u003e Lighting Control Accessory\",  \"sku\": \"EAP-H3\",  \"mpn\": \"EAP-H3\",  \"material\": \"Matt black lighting-control accessory\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Half top hat\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Size\",      \"value\": \"3\\\"\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Compatible Fixture\",      \"value\": \"S4 PAR round frame\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Accessory Function\",      \"value\": \"Glare, lens flare, and spill control\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Finish\",      \"value\": \"Matt black\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"EAP-H3\" data-category=\"Lighting Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhy choose the 3\" version?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003e Choose EAP-H3 when the position needs glare control but the accessory must stay compact and low-profile.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eIs this a full top hat?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eNo. It is a half top hat, so it shields selected sightlines while leaving part of the front opening more open.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhat fixtures is it for?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eThe specification lists S4 PAR round frame.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",  \"mainEntity\": [    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Why choose the 3\\\" version?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \" Choose EAP-H3 when the position needs glare control but the accessory must stay compact and low-profile.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Is this a full top hat?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"No. It is a half top hat, so it shields selected sightlines while leaving part of the front opening more open.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"What fixtures is it for?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"The specification lists S4 PAR round frame.\"      }    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for EAP-H3 --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Beam Control Accessory \/ Top Hat \/ Short Half","offer_id":53907498172715,"sku":"EAP-H3","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/EAP-H3_b.jpg?v=1782110978"},{"product_id":"eap-h6","title":"EAP-H6 - KUPO 6\" Round Frame Half Top Hat for S4 PAR","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: L-A (Lighting control accessory) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: Description\/Missing_Markdown\/lighting_solution\/top_hat_donut\/eap-h6-6\"-round-frame-half-top-hat-for-s4-par.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"EAP-H6\" data-color=\"NA\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO EAP-H6 is a 6\" round-frame half top hat for S4 PAR. Compared with the 3\" version, its deeper body gives stronger coverage at the fixture face while still keeping the half-top-hat behavior less enclosed than a full snoot.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eWhen a PAR position points near audience sightlines, a shallow shield may not be enough. EAP-H6 gives the S4 PAR fixture more front coverage, helping hide the lens and reduce visible flare without fully enclosing the beam.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e6\" depth provides stronger glare reduction than the shorter EAP-H3\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eRound-frame design matches S4 PAR round-frame accessory applications\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eHalf-top-hat shape shields selected sightlines while keeping part of the beam opening accessible\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eMatt black finish helps absorb internal reflection and visible spill\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eUseful when audience-side lens masking is more important than minimum accessory depth\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse it for S4 PAR round-frame positions that need stronger lens masking, audience-side glare reduction, and a deeper half top hat than the 3\" version provides.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eS4 PAR round frame\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"EAP-H6 | KUPO 6\\\" Round Frame Half Top Hat for S4 PAR\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO EAP-H6 is a 6\\\" round-frame half top hat for S4 PAR. Compared with the 3\\\" version, its deeper body gives stronger coverage at the fixture face while still keeping the half-top-hat behavior less enclosed than a full snoot.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.stage.com.tw\"  },  \"category\": \"Lighting Solution \u003e Lighting Control Accessory\",  \"sku\": \"EAP-H6\",  \"mpn\": \"EAP-H6\",  \"material\": \"Matt black lighting-control accessory\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Half top hat\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Size\",      \"value\": \"6\\\"\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Compatible Fixture\",      \"value\": \"S4 PAR round frame\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Accessory Function\",      \"value\": \"Glare, lens flare, and spill control\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Finish\",      \"value\": \"Matt black\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"EAP-H6\" data-category=\"Lighting Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eHow is EAP-H6 different from EAP-H3°\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eEAP-H6 is deeper, giving stronger coverage at the fixture face than the 3\" version.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhy use a half top hat instead of a full top hat?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eA half top hat controls glare from selected directions while keeping the front less enclosed than a full cylindrical snoot.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eIs it for S4 PAR round-frame use?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes. The specification lists S4 PAR round frame.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",  \"mainEntity\": [    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"How is EAP-H6 different from EAP-H3?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"EAP-H6 is deeper, giving stronger coverage at the fixture face than the 3\\\" version.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Why use a half top hat instead of a full top hat?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"A half top hat controls glare from selected directions while keeping the front less enclosed than a full cylindrical snoot.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Is it for S4 PAR round-frame use?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Yes. The specification lists S4 PAR round frame.\"      }    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for EAP-H6 --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Beam Control Accessory \/ Top Hat \/ Short Half","offer_id":53907498238251,"sku":"EAP-H6","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/EAP-H6_b.jpg?v=1782110979"},{"product_id":"eap-l","title":"EAP-L - KUPO Egg Crate Louver for S4 PAR","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: L-A (Lighting control accessory) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: Description\/Missing_Markdown\/lighting_solution\/profile_par_accessory\/eap-l-egg-crate-louver-for-s4-par.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"EAP-L\" data-color=\"NA\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO EAP-L is an egg crate louver for S4 PAR, designed to clean up the beam at the fixture face. It reduces off-axis spill and helps control glare without changing the lamp, lens set, or fixture position, making it a compact way to refine PAR output.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003ePAR fixtures can be bright from the wrong angle, especially near screens, scenery, or audience sightlines. EAP-L handles that problem directly at the front of the fixture, keeping the rig cleaner than external flags or improvised masking.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003eEgg crate cell structure helps reduce off-axis spill while preserving the intended beam direction\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Front-mounted accessory keeps glare control close to the S4 PAR fixture face\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eMatt black finish helps absorb stray reflection from the accessory itself\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003ePurpose-built S4 PAR compatibility avoids forcing a mismatched louver onto the fixture\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eUseful for repeated wash positions where several fixtures need a consistent controlled face\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse it for S4 PAR positions near scenery, video screens, audience areas, architectural surfaces, and wash systems where off-axis spill needs to be reduced at the fixture face.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eS4 PAR\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"EAP-L | KUPO Egg Crate Louver for S4 PAR\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO EAP-L is an egg crate louver for S4 PAR, designed to clean up the beam at the fixture face. It reduces off-axis spill and helps control glare without changing the lamp, lens set, or fixture position, making it a compact way to refine PAR output.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.stage.com.tw\"  },  \"category\": \"Lighting Solution \u003e Lighting Control Accessory\",  \"sku\": \"EAP-L\",  \"mpn\": \"EAP-L\",  \"material\": \"Matt black lighting-control accessory\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Egg crate louver\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Compatible Fixture\",      \"value\": \"S4 PAR\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Accessory Function\",      \"value\": \"Off-axis spill and glare control\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Application\",      \"value\": \"S4 PAR beam containment\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Finish\",      \"value\": \"Matt black\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"EAP-L\" data-category=\"Lighting Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eDoes this change the lamp or lens set?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eNo. EAP-L works at the fixture front to reduce off-axis spill without changing the lamp or lens set.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhen is an egg crate better than a flag?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eUse an egg crate when you want compact spill control directly on the fixture rather than a larger external masking setup.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eIs it only for S4 PAR?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes. The specification lists EAP-L as an egg crate louver for S4 PAR.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",  \"mainEntity\": [    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Does this change the lamp or lens set?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"No. EAP-L works at the fixture front to reduce off-axis spill without changing the lamp or lens set.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"When is an egg crate better than a flag?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Use an egg crate when you want compact spill control directly on the fixture rather than a larger external masking setup.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Is it only for S4 PAR?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Yes. The specification lists EAP-L as an egg crate louver for S4 PAR.\"      }    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for EAP-L --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Fixture Accessory \/ Parsafe Accessory","offer_id":53907498336555,"sku":"EAP-L","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/EAP-L_b.jpg?v=1782110981"},{"product_id":"eap-t6","title":"EAP-T6 Round Top Hat for S4 Par, S4 Zoom, and S4 Parnel (EAP-T6)","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: L-A --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: eap-t6-round-top-hat-for-s4-par-s4-par-round-frame-s4-zoom-s4-.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title {  margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0;  font-size: 22px !important;  font-weight: 700;  line-height: 1.3;  color: #2C3E50 !important;  letter-spacing: 0;}.product-description h3 {  color: #2C3E50 !important;  font-size: 18px !important;  font-weight: bold;  margin-top: 1.5rem;  margin-bottom: 0.75rem;  line-height: 1.35;  letter-spacing: 0;}.product-description,.product-description p,.product-description li {  color: #222222 !important;}\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"EAP-T6\" data-color=\"Matt black\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe EAP-T6 is a round top hat for S4 PAR frame \/ S4 Zoom \/ ParNel, made to give lighting crews a specific front-end accessory matched to the fixture rather than a rough substitute. It supports beam control, image projection, glare reduction, or lamp service depending on the host fixture, keeping the accessory choice tied to the optical path and the way the fixture is actually used.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eTop hats are not glamorous, but they save the audience from staring into the lamp face. On fixtures aimed toward seating, cameras, or reflective surfaces, a matt black snoot cleans up the viewing angle without changing the beam itself.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003eRound snoot body blocks direct view of the lamp face while allowing the beam to pass through.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eMatt black paint minimizes reflection from the accessory surface.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eHost-specific fit supports S4 Par and related fixture bodies instead of a generic tube.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003ePhysical spill control helps reduce visible scatter from the housing and front lens area.\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eHost Fixture\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eDesigned for S4 PAR frame \/ S4 Zoom \/ ParNel. Glare \/ beam shaping\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eA practical accessory for theatre, broadcast, studio, rental-house, education, worship, and venue lighting systems where fixture-specific parts need to fit correctly and survive repeated handling.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eDesigned for S4 PAR frame \/ S4 Zoom \/ ParNel; match host fixture model and accessory slot before use, especially when matching older fixtures or mixed-brand inventories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"EAP-T6 Round Top Hat for S4 Par, S4 Zoom, and S4 Parnel (EAP-T6)\",  \"description\": \"The EAP-T6 is a round top hat for S4 PAR frame \/ S4 Zoom \/ ParNel, made to give lighting crews a specific front-end accessory matched to the fixture rather than a rough substitute. It supports beam control, image projection, glare reduction, or lamp service depending on the host fixture, keeping the accessory choice tied to the optical path and the way the fixture is actually used.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\"  },  \"category\": \"Lighting Solution \u003e Barndoors \u0026 PAR Accessories\",  \"sku\": \"EAP-T6\",  \"mpn\": \"EAP-T6\",  \"color\": \"Matt black\",  \"material\": \"Painted metal\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Round top hat\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Compatible Fixture\",      \"value\": \"S4 PAR frame \/ S4 Zoom \/ ParNel\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Accessory Function\",      \"value\": \"Glare \/ beam shaping\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Material\",      \"value\": \"Painted metal\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Finish\",      \"value\": \"Matt black\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-section {  margin-top: 2rem;}.kupo-faq-seo-item {  margin-bottom: 1.25rem;}.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 {  color: #2C3E50 !important;  font-size: 17px !important;  font-weight: 600;  margin-bottom: 0.4rem;  line-height: 1.35;  letter-spacing: 0;}.kupo-faq-seo-item p {  color: #222222 !important;  margin-top: 0;}\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-section\"\u003e  \u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWill this change the beam size?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eIt mainly blocks glare and spill at the fixture face. It is not a lens and should not be treated as a beam-angle change.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhy use a top hat instead of a donut?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eA top hat is better for hiding the lamp face from view, while a donut is chosen when sharpening a projected pattern is the priority.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eIs matt black important?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes. The dark finish reduces reflections from the snoot itself, which matters when the fixture is visible to the audience or camera.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",  \"mainEntity\": [    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Will this change the beam size?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"It mainly blocks glare and spill at the fixture face. It is not a lens and should not be treated as a beam-angle change.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Why use a top hat instead of a donut?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"A top hat is better for hiding the lamp face from view, while a donut is chosen when sharpening a projected pattern is the priority.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Is matt black important?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Yes. The dark finish reduces reflections from the snoot itself, which matters when the fixture is visible to the audience or camera.\"      }    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Beam Control Accessory \/ Top Hat \/ Full","offer_id":53907498434859,"sku":"EAP-T6","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/EAP-T6_b.jpg?v=1782110983"},{"product_id":"es-01","title":"ES-01 EME-1 Socket for PAR 64 \/ 56 (ES-01)","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: L-A --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: es-01-eme1-socket-for-par-64-56.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title {  margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0;  font-size: 22px !important;  font-weight: 700;  line-height: 1.3;  color: #2C3E50 !important;  letter-spacing: 0;}.product-description h3 {  color: #2C3E50 !important;  font-size: 18px !important;  font-weight: bold;  margin-top: 1.5rem;  margin-bottom: 0.75rem;  line-height: 1.35;  letter-spacing: 0;}.product-description,.product-description p,.product-description li {  color: #222222 !important;}\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"ES-01\" data-color=\"Standard\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe ES-01 is a EME-1 lampholder socket for PAR 64 \/ PAR 56, made to give lighting crews a specific front-end accessory matched to the fixture rather than a rough substitute. It supports beam control, image projection, glare reduction, or lamp service depending on the host fixture, keeping the accessory choice tied to the optical path and the way the fixture is actually used.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eA PAR socket lives directly behind a hot lamp and sees repeated lamp changes, transport vibration, and long operating hours. Replacing it with the correct high-temperature lampholder helps preserve a solid electrical connection instead of treating the socket as an afterthought.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003eEME-1 socket format fits KUPO PAR 64 and PAR 56 cans.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eHigh-temperature-resistant construction suits the heat behind conventional PAR lamps.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eDouble electric insulation, excluding the socket contact itself, supports safer repeat service.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eBase socket version is supplied without cable, with ES-01SC available when a 50 cm silicon-cabled version is needed.\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eHost Fixture\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eDesigned for PAR 64 \/ PAR 56. High-temp PAR replacement socket\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eA practical accessory for theatre, broadcast, studio, rental-house, education, worship, and venue lighting systems where fixture-specific parts need to fit correctly and survive repeated handling.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eDesigned for PAR 64 \/ PAR 56; match host fixture model and accessory slot before use, especially when matching older fixtures or mixed-brand inventories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"ES-01 EME-1 Socket for PAR 64 \/ 56 (ES-01)\",  \"description\": \"The ES-01 is a EME-1 lampholder socket for PAR 64 \/ PAR 56, made to give lighting crews a specific front-end accessory matched to the fixture rather than a rough substitute. It supports beam control, image projection, glare reduction, or lamp service depending on the host fixture, keeping the accessory choice tied to the optical path and the way the fixture is actually used.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\"  },  \"category\": \"Lighting Solution \u003e Barndoors \u0026 PAR Accessories\",  \"sku\": \"ES-01\",  \"mpn\": \"ES-01\",  \"color\": \"Standard\",  \"material\": \"High-temperature ceramic and metal\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"EME-1 lampholder socket\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Compatible Fixture\",      \"value\": \"PAR 64 \/ PAR 56\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Function\",      \"value\": \"High-temp PAR replacement socket\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Material\",      \"value\": \"High-temperature ceramic and metal\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Finish\",      \"value\": \"Standard\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-section {  margin-top: 2rem;}.kupo-faq-seo-item {  margin-bottom: 1.25rem;}.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 {  color: #2C3E50 !important;  font-size: 17px !important;  font-weight: 600;  margin-bottom: 0.4rem;  line-height: 1.35;  letter-spacing: 0;}.kupo-faq-seo-item p {  color: #222222 !important;  margin-top: 0;}\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-section\"\u003e  \u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eDoes this include the cable?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eNo. ES-01 is the base EME-1 socket. Choose ES-01SC when the same socket is needed with a 50 cm silicon cable.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhen would I choose ES-02 instead?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eES-02 is the top off-ceramic socket option for a different mounting orientation.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eIs this only for low-wattage PARs?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eIt is specified for PAR 64 \/ PAR 56 and uses high-temperature materials for that lamp environment.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",  \"mainEntity\": [    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Does this include the cable?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"No. ES-01 is the base EME-1 socket. Choose ES-01SC when the same socket is needed with a 50 cm silicon cable.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"When would I choose ES-02 instead?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"ES-02 is the top off-ceramic socket option for a different mounting orientation.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Is this only for low-wattage PARs?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"It is specified for PAR 64 \/ PAR 56 and uses high-temperature materials for that lamp environment.\"      }    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Fixture Accessory \/ Lamp Socket","offer_id":53907498467627,"sku":"ES-01","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/ES-01_b.jpg?v=1782110983"},{"product_id":"es-01sc","title":"ES-01SC - KUPO EMEP Socket with 72 cm Silicon Cable","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: L-A (PAR accessories) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: Description\/Missing_Markdown\/lighting_solution\/parcan\/es-01sc-emep-socket-with-72 cm-silicon-cable.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"ES-01SC\" data-color=\"NA\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO ES-01SC is the cabled EMEP socket option for PAR 64 and PAR 56 service, supplied with a 72 cm silicone lead for easier replacement or fixture preparation. It is intended for traditional PAR can maintenance where a ready-cabled socket is preferred over a bare socket body.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003ePAR sockets live close to hot lamps, and service time matters when a fixture has to return to rental stock or a venue rig. ES-01SC combines the PAR 64 \/ PAR 56 socket format with a pre-attached silicone cable, reducing the amount of wiring work needed at the fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003eEMEP socket supplied with 72 cm silicone cable for faster PAR can service work\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eDesigned for PAR 64 and PAR 56 socket replacement or fixture preparation\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eHigh-temperature-resistant construction suits the heat around traditional PAR lamps\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eDouble electric insulation is noted for the socket family, excluding the socket contact itself\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eReady-cabled format separates it from ES-01 bare EMEP socket and ES-02 ceramic socket options\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse it for PAR can repair benches, rental-house maintenance, venue fixture service, and traditional PAR 64 or PAR 56 builds that need a cabled replacement socket.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eDesigned for PAR 64 and PAR 56 traditional PAR can fixtures; choose ES-01 for the base EMEP socket or ES-02 for the top-off ceramic socket style.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"ES-01SC | KUPO EMEP Socket with 72 cm Silicon Cable\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO ES-01SC is the cabled EMEP socket option for PAR 64 and PAR 56 service, supplied with a 72 cm silicone lead for easier replacement or fixture preparation. It is intended for traditional PAR can maintenance where a ready-cabled socket is preferred over a bare socket body.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.stage.com.tw\"  },  \"category\": \"Lighting Solution \u003e Parcan\",  \"sku\": \"ES-01SC\",  \"mpn\": \"ES-01SC\",  \"material\": \"High-temperature-resistant PAR socket with silicone cable\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"EMEP socket with silicone cable\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Compatible Fixture\",      \"value\": \"PAR 64 \/ PAR 56\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Cable\",      \"value\": \"72 cm silicone cable\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Construction\",      \"value\": \"High-temp socket construction\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Electrical Safety\",      \"value\": \"Double insulation, socket excluded\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Application\",      \"value\": \"PAR socket replacement and fixture service\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"ES-01SC\" data-category=\"Lighting Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eIs this an LED PAR part?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eNo. ES-01SC is a traditional PAR can socket accessory for PAR 64 and PAR 56 service.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhy choose ES-01SC instead of ES-01°\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eES-01SC includes a 72 cm silicone cable, while ES-01 is the base EMEP socket without the supplied cable.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003e Can it be used for fixture repair work?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes. It is intended for PAR can socket replacement, service, and fixture wiring preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",  \"mainEntity\": [    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Is this an LED PAR part?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"No. ES-01SC is a traditional PAR can socket accessory for PAR 64 and PAR 56 service.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Why choose ES-01SC instead of ES-01?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"ES-01SC includes a 72 cm silicone cable, while ES-01 is the base EMEP socket without the supplied cable.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Can it be used for fixture repair work?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Yes. It is intended for PAR can socket replacement, service, and fixture wiring preparation.\"      }    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for ES-01SC --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Fixture Accessory \/ Lamp Socket","offer_id":53907498959147,"sku":"ES-01SC","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/ES-01SC_b.jpg?v=1782110984"},{"product_id":"es-02","title":"ES-02 - KUPO Top Off Ceramic Socket","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: L-A (PAR accessories) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: Description\/Missing_Markdown\/lighting_solution\/parcan\/es-02-top-off-ceramic-socket.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"ES-02\" data-color=\"NA\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO ES-02 is the top-off ceramic socket option in the PAR 64 \/ PAR 56 accessory family. It is used for traditional PAR can service, replacement, or fixture preparation when the ceramic socket style is the correct match for the fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eA socket failure is a small part with a large operational consequence. ES-02 gives service technicians a ceramic replacement option for PAR 64 and PAR 56 fixtures, with the heat-resistant construction expected around high-output traditional PAR lamps.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003eTop-off ceramic socket format supports PAR can replacement and service work\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eDesigned for PAR 64 and PAR 56 traditional fixture applications\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eHigh-temperature-resistant ceramic construction suits the lamp environment inside PAR cans\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eDouble electric insulation is noted for the socket family, excluding the socket contact itself\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Complements ES-01 EMEP socket and ES-01SC cabled EMEP socket options\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse it for rental-house fixture maintenance, theatre PAR can repairs, venue service stock, and traditional PAR 64 or PAR 56 builds where a top-off ceramic socket is required.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eDesigned for PAR 64 and PAR 56 socket applications; use ES-01 for an EMEP socket or ES-01SC when a 72 cm silicone lead is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"ES-02 | KUPO Top Off Ceramic Socket\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO ES-02 is the top-off ceramic socket option in the PAR 64 \/ PAR 56 accessory family. It is used for traditional PAR can service, replacement, or fixture preparation when the ceramic socket style is the correct match for the fixture.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.stage.com.tw\"  },  \"category\": \"Lighting Solution \u003e Parcan\",  \"sku\": \"ES-02\",  \"mpn\": \"ES-02\",  \"material\": \"High-temperature-resistant ceramic PAR socket\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Top-off ceramic socket\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Compatible Fixture\",      \"value\": \"PAR 64 \/ PAR 56\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Material\",      \"value\": \"Ceramic, high-temp construction\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Electrical Safety\",      \"value\": \"Double insulation, socket excluded\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Application\",      \"value\": \"PAR socket replacement\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"ES-02\" data-category=\"Lighting Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eIs ES-02 the cabled socket version?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eNo. ES-02 is the top-off ceramic socket. The cabled EMEP version is ES-01SC.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhat fixture sizes is it for?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eThe product information places it in the PAR 64 \/ PAR 56 socket accessory family.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhy use ceramic in this socket?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003e Ceramic is appropriate for the high-temperature environment near traditional PAR lamps.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",  \"mainEntity\": [    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Is ES-02 the cabled socket version?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"No. ES-02 is the top-off ceramic socket. The cabled EMEP version is ES-01SC.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"What fixture sizes is it for?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"The product information places it in the PAR 64 \/ PAR 56 socket accessory family.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Why use ceramic in this socket?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \" Ceramic is appropriate for the high-temperature environment near traditional PAR lamps.\"      }    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for ES-02 --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Fixture Accessory \/ Lamp Socket","offer_id":53907498991915,"sku":"ES-02","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/ES-02_b.jpg?v=1782110985"},{"product_id":"etf-64ce","title":"ETF-64 CE - KUPO 5\" Color Extender for PAR64","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: L-A (Lighting control accessory) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: Description\/Missing_Markdown\/lighting_solution\/top_hat_donut\/etf-64ce-5\"-color-extender-for-par64.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"ETF-64 CE\" data-color=\"NA\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO ETF-64 CE is a 5\" color extender for PAR64 \/ Altman \/ L\u0026amp;E style PAR64 applications. It spaces the gel frame farther from the lamp and lens area, helping reduce heat concentration on color media.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003ePAR64 fixtures can be hard on gel when the media sits too close to the hot face of the lamp. ETF-64 CE gives the color frame more breathing room, making the accessory stack more serviceable for higher-output PAR64 rigs.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e5\" extension moves color media farther from the PAR64 fixture face\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eHelps reduce heat stress on gel and color media during operation\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Compatible with PAR64 fixtures including Altman and L\u0026amp;E styles listed in the specification\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eMatt black finish keeps the extender visually quiet on the front of the fixture\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003ePurpose-built spacing is cleaner than improvised front-end extensions\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse it for PAR64 fixtures where gel life, color-media spacing, and a cleaner front accessory stack matter, especially on higher-output conventional PAR positions.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003ePAR64 \/ Altman \/ L\u0026amp;E styles\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"ETF-64 CE | KUPO 5\\\" Color Extender for PAR64\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO ETF-64 CE is a 5\\\" color extender for PAR64 \/ Altman \/ L\u0026E style PAR64 applications. It spaces the gel frame farther from the lamp and lens area, helping reduce heat concentration on color media.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.stage.com.tw\"  },  \"category\": \"Lighting Solution \u003e Lighting Control Accessory\",  \"sku\": \"ETF-64 CE\",  \"mpn\": \"ETF-64 CE\",  \"material\": \"Matt black lighting-control accessory\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Color extender\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Extension Depth\",      \"value\": \"5\\\"\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Compatible Fixture\",      \"value\": \"PAR64 \/ Altman \/ L\u0026amp;E styles\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Accessory Function\",      \"value\": \"Color media spacing\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Application\",      \"value\": \"Gel protection \/ PAR64 color control\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Finish\",      \"value\": \"Matt black\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"ETF-64 CE\" data-category=\"Lighting Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eDoes this fit PAR56°\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eThe specification lists ETF-64 CE for PAR64 \/ Altman \/ L\u0026amp;E styles.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhy move the color frame forward?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eMoving gel farther from the lamp and lens area can reduce heat concentration and help with color media life.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eIs this a top hat?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eNo. ETF-64 CE is a color extender, used for media spacing rather than glare shielding.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",  \"mainEntity\": [    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Does this fit PAR56?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"The specification lists ETF-64 CE for PAR64 \/ Altman \/ L\u0026E styles.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Why move the color frame forward?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Moving gel farther from the lamp and lens area can reduce heat concentration and help with color media life.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Is this a top hat?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"No. ETF-64 CE is a color extender, used for media spacing rather than glare shielding.\"      }    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for ETF-64 CE --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Beam Control Accessory \/ Color Extender","offer_id":53907499057451,"sku":"ETF-64CE","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/ETF-64CE_b.jpg?v=1782110986"},{"product_id":"etf-adp","title":"ETF-ADP - KUPO Adaptor for S4, SL, Shakespeare, Selecon","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: L-A (Lighting control accessory) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: Description\/Missing_Markdown\/lighting_solution\/profile_par_accessory\/etf-adp-adaptor-for-s4-sl-shakespeare-selecon.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"ETF-ADP\" data-color=\"NA\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO ETF-ADP is a fixture accessory adaptor for S4, SL, Shakespeare, and Selecon profile fixture systems. It gives mixed lighting inventories a purpose-made interface for compatible accessory setups instead of relying on forced fit or improvised parts.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eMixed fixture inventories are normal in theatres and rental shops, but accessory fit can slow down a focus call quickly. ETF-ADP helps crews bridge the listed profile families with a fit-matched adaptor, keeping the accessory package tidier and more predictable.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003eAdaptor supports accessory use across S4 \/ SL \/ Shakespeare \/ Selecon profiles\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003ePurpose-made interface helps avoid loose or improvised accessory fit\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eUseful for rental stocks where different profile fixtures share front-end accessories\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eKeeps mixed-inventory setup faster during prep, replacement, and show maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eBelongs to the ETF lighting-control accessory family for profile fixtures\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse it in theatre, venue, rental, and mixed-inventory profile fixture systems where accessories need a proper interface between S4, SL, Shakespeare, and Selecon families.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eS4, SL, Shakespeare, Selecon\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"ETF-ADP | KUPO Adaptor for S4, SL, Shakespeare, Selecon\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO ETF-ADP is a fixture accessory adaptor for S4, SL, Shakespeare, and Selecon profile fixture systems. It gives mixed lighting inventories a purpose-made interface for compatible accessory setups instead of relying on forced fit or improvised parts.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.stage.com.tw\"  },  \"category\": \"Lighting Solution \u003e Lighting Control Accessory\",  \"sku\": \"ETF-ADP\",  \"mpn\": \"ETF-ADP\",  \"material\": \"Matt black lighting-control accessory\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Fixture accessory adaptor\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Compatible Fixture\",      \"value\": \"S4 \/ SL \/ Shakespeare \/ Selecon profiles\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Accessory Function\",      \"value\": \"Front-accessory family adapter\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Application\",      \"value\": \"Mixed-fixture accessory setup\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"ETF-ADP\" data-category=\"Lighting Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eIs this a beam-shaping accessory by itself?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eNo. ETF-ADP is an adaptor used to interface compatible fixture accessories across listed profile families.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhy would a rental house need it?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eIt helps mixed inventories use accessories more predictably when S4, SL, Shakespeare, and Selecon fixtures are all in circulation.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eShould I force-fit an accessory without the adaptor?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eNo. If the setup calls for this adaptor, using the purpose-made part is the cleaner and more reliable approach.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",  \"mainEntity\": [    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Is this a beam-shaping accessory by itself?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"No. ETF-ADP is an adaptor used to interface compatible fixture accessories across listed profile families.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Why would a rental house need it?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"It helps mixed inventories use accessories more predictably when S4, SL, Shakespeare, and Selecon fixtures are all in circulation.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Should I force-fit an accessory without the adaptor?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"No. If the setup calls for this adaptor, using the purpose-made part is the cleaner and more reliable approach.\"      }    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for ETF-ADP --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Fixture Accessory \/ Optical Modifier","offer_id":53907499122987,"sku":"ETF-ADP","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/ETF-ADP_b.jpg?v=1782110986"},{"product_id":"etf-bb","title":"ETF-BB - KUPO Beam Bender for S4","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: L-A (Lighting control accessory) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: Description\/Missing_Markdown\/lighting_solution\/profile_par_accessory\/etf-bb-beam-bender-for-s4.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"ETF-BB\" data-color=\"NA\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO ETF-BB is a beam bender accessory for S4, used when the projected light path needs to be redirected from the fixture front. It gives designers and technicians another way to work around scenery, trim height, sightline, or hanging-position limits.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eSome focus problems cannot be solved by pan and tilt alone. ETF-BB keeps the redirection solution inside the S4 accessory system, making the setup cleaner than external mirrors or improvised reflection hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003eBeam bender redirects or offsets the projected beam path for constrained rigs\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eDesigned for S4, keeping the solution within the fixture accessory system\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eHelps solve sightline, scenery, and hanging-position problems without moving the whole fixture\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003ePurpose-built accessory is cleaner than improvised mirrors or external reflection hardware\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eUseful when normal focus adjustment cannot achieve the desired beam position\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse it for S4 profile positions with difficult sightlines, scenery conflicts, trim-height limits, or hanging positions where ordinary focus adjustment cannot place the beam cleanly.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eS4\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"ETF-BB | KUPO Beam Bender for S4\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO ETF-BB is a beam bender accessory for S4, used when the projected light path needs to be redirected from the fixture front. It gives designers and technicians another way to work around scenery, trim height, sightline, or hanging-position limits.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.stage.com.tw\"  },  \"category\": \"Lighting Solution \u003e Lighting Control Accessory\",  \"sku\": \"ETF-BB\",  \"mpn\": \"ETF-BB\",  \"material\": \"Matt black lighting-control accessory\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Beam bender\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Compatible Fixture\",      \"value\": \"S4 profile\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Accessory Function\",      \"value\": \"Beam offset \/ redirect\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Application\",      \"value\": \"Beam-position adjustment\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"ETF-BB\" data-category=\"Lighting Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eIs this a normal top hat or louver?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eNo. ETF-BB is a beam bender, used to redirect or offset the projected beam path.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhen would I need a beam bender?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eUse it when trim height, scenery, or sightlines prevent the S4 fixture from aiming the beam cleanly by normal focus alone.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eIs it listed for S4?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes. The specification lists ETF-BB as a beam bender for S4.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",  \"mainEntity\": [    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Is this a normal top hat or louver?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"No. ETF-BB is a beam bender, used to redirect or offset the projected beam path.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"When would I need a beam bender?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Use it when trim height, scenery, or sightlines prevent the S4 fixture from aiming the beam cleanly by normal focus alone.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Is it listed for S4?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Yes. The specification lists ETF-BB as a beam bender for S4.\"      }    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for ETF-BB --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Fixture Accessory \/ Optical Modifier","offer_id":53907499188523,"sku":"ETF-BB","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/ETF-BB_b.jpg?v=1782110987"},{"product_id":"etf-ce3","title":"ETF-CE3 - KUPO 3\" Color Extender for Short S4, SL, Shakespeare, Selecon Pacific\/SPX","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: L-A (Lighting control accessory) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: Description\/Missing_Markdown\/lighting_solution\/top_hat_donut\/etf-ce3-3\"-color-extender-for-short-s4-sl-shakespeare-selecon-pacific-spx.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"ETF-CE3\" data-color=\"NA\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO ETF-CE3 is a 3\" color extender for Short S4 \/ SL \/ Shakespeare \/ Selecon SPX. It moves color media forward from the fixture face, creating extra spacing that helps reduce heat stress on gel without adding a long front accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e Compact profile positions often need gel protection but have limited clearance around the fixture. ETF-CE3 gives the crew a shorter, purpose-built extender for those setups, keeping the accessory stack practical and tidy.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e3\" extension adds gel spacing while keeping the front accessory relatively compact\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Compatible with Short S4 \/ SL \/ Shakespeare \/ Selecon SPX\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eColor media spacing to help with heat management\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eMatt black finish reduces visible reflection from the accessory stack\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eUseful where a 5\" extender would add too much front length\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse it for compact profile fixture positions where extra gel spacing is needed but the rig cannot accommodate a longer front accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eShort S4, SL, Shakespeare, Selecon Pacific\/SPX\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"ETF-CE3 | KUPO 3\\\" Color Extender for Short S4, SL, Shakespeare, Selecon Pacific\/SPX\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO ETF-CE3 is a 3\\\" color extender for Short S4 \/ SL \/ Shakespeare \/ Selecon SPX. It moves color media forward from the fixture face, creating extra spacing that helps reduce heat stress on gel without adding a long front accessory.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.stage.com.tw\"  },  \"category\": \"Lighting Solution \u003e Lighting Control Accessory\",  \"sku\": \"ETF-CE3\",  \"mpn\": \"ETF-CE3\",  \"material\": \"Matt black lighting-control accessory\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Color extender\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Extension Depth\",      \"value\": \"3\\\"\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Compatible Fixture\",      \"value\": \"Short S4 \/ SL \/ Shakespeare \/ Selecon SPX\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Accessory Function\",      \"value\": \"Color media spacing\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Application\",      \"value\": \"Gel spacing \/ heat management\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Finish\",      \"value\": \"Matt black\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"ETF-CE3\" data-category=\"Lighting Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhen should I choose the 3\" extender?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003e Choose ETF-CE3 when the fixture needs extra gel spacing but front clearance is limited.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eDoes it fit standard S4 and SL fixtures?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eThe specification lists Short S4, SL, Shakespeare, and Selecon Pacific\/SPX compatibility.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eIs it meant for glare reduction?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eIts main job is color-media spacing and heat management; use a half top hat when glare control is the priority.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",  \"mainEntity\": [    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"When should I choose the 3\\\" extender?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \" Choose ETF-CE3 when the fixture needs extra gel spacing but front clearance is limited.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Does it fit standard S4 and SL fixtures?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"The specification lists Short S4, SL, Shakespeare, and Selecon Pacific\/SPX compatibility.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Is it meant for glare reduction?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Its main job is color-media spacing and heat management; use a half top hat when glare control is the priority.\"      }    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for ETF-CE3 --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Beam Control Accessory \/ Color Extender","offer_id":53907499221291,"sku":"ETF-CE3","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/ETF-CE3_b.jpg?v=1782110988"},{"product_id":"etf-ce5","title":"ETF-CE5 - KUPO 5\" Color Extender for S4, SL, Shakespeare, Selecon Pacific\/SPX","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: L-A (Lighting control accessory) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: Description\/Missing_Markdown\/lighting_solution\/top_hat_donut\/etf-ce5-5\"-color-extender-for-s4-sl-shakespeare-selecon-pacific-spx.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"ETF-CE5\" data-color=\"NA\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO ETF-CE5 is a 5\" color extender for S4 \/ SL \/ Shakespeare \/ Pacific\/SPX. It creates additional distance between the fixture front and color media, helping reduce gel heat exposure and organize the front accessory package.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eWhen a fixture runs hot or stays on for long periods, color media benefits from more space. ETF-CE5 gives profile fixtures a deeper, purpose-built extender rather than a makeshift spacer, keeping the rig cleaner and more repeatable.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e5\" extension provides more color-media spacing than the short 3\" version\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Compatible with S4, SL, Shakespeare, and Selecon Pacific\/SPX profile fixtures\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eMoves gel farther from the lens and lamp area to help with heat management\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eMatt black finish helps control visible reflection from the extender\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eSupports cleaner accessory stacking for long-running theatre and venue positions\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse it for profile fixtures running at higher output levels, longer show times, or positions where added gel spacing can help reduce heat exposure on color media.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eS4, SL, Shakespeare, Selecon Pacific\/SPX\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"ETF-CE5 | KUPO 5\\\" Color Extender for S4, SL, Shakespeare, Selecon Pacific\/SPX\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO ETF-CE5 is a 5\\\" color extender for S4 \/ SL \/ Shakespeare \/ Pacific\/SPX. It creates additional distance between the fixture front and color media, helping reduce gel heat exposure and organize the front accessory package.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.stage.com.tw\"  },  \"category\": \"Lighting Solution \u003e Lighting Control Accessory\",  \"sku\": \"ETF-CE5\",  \"mpn\": \"ETF-CE5\",  \"material\": \"Matt black lighting-control accessory\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Color extender\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Extension Depth\",      \"value\": \"5\\\"\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Compatible Fixture\",      \"value\": \"S4 \/ SL \/ Shakespeare \/ Pacific\/SPX\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Accessory Function\",      \"value\": \"Color media spacing\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Application\",      \"value\": \"Gel spacing \/ heat management\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Finish\",      \"value\": \"Matt black\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"ETF-CE5\" data-category=\"Lighting Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eHow is ETF-CE5 different from ETF-CE3°\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eETF-CE5 is deeper, giving more separation between the fixture face and the color media.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhy would gel need more space?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eMoving gel forward can reduce heat exposure from the fixture front, which is helpful on brighter or longer-running positions.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eIs it compatible with Selecon Pacific\/SPX?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes. The specification lists Selecon Pacific\/SPX along with S4, SL, and Shakespeare.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",  \"mainEntity\": [    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"How is ETF-CE5 different from ETF-CE3?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"ETF-CE5 is deeper, giving more separation between the fixture face and the color media.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Why would gel need more space?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Moving gel forward can reduce heat exposure from the fixture front, which is helpful on brighter or longer-running positions.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Is it compatible with Selecon Pacific\/SPX?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Yes. The specification lists Selecon Pacific\/SPX along with S4, SL, and Shakespeare.\"      }    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for ETF-CE5 --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Beam Control Accessory \/ Color Extender","offer_id":53907499319595,"sku":"ETF-CE5","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/ETF-CE5_b.jpg?v=1782110989"},{"product_id":"etf-cf137","title":"ETF-CF137 - KUPO Color Frame for S4, SL, Shakespeare, Selecon Pacific\/SPX","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: L-A (Barndoors and PAR accessories) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: Description\/Missing_Markdown\/lighting_solution\/color_frame\/etf-cf137-color-frame-for-s4-sl-shakespeare-selecon-pacific-spx.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"ETF-CF137\" data-color=\"NA\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO ETF-CF137 is a color frame for S4, SL, Shakespeare, Selecon Pacific\/SPX. It gives the fixture a properly sized front accessory holder for gel, diffusion, or compatible color media so the beam can be colored cleanly without loose sheets or improvised clips.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eA color frame is simple, but the fit has to be right. ETF-CF137 keeps prepared gel media centered at the fixture face, which helps crews label colors, change looks quickly, and avoid disturbing focus during service or show turnaround.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003eSized for S4, SL, Shakespeare, Selecon Pacific\/SPX\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eHolds gel, diffusion, or compatible color media flat at the fixture front\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eSupports prepared color changes in theatre, studio, venue, and rental workflows\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eKeeps color media in a repeatable accessory format instead of loose cut sheets\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003ePart of the KUPO ETF \/ EAP lighting-control accessory range\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eHost Fixture\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eHost fixture compatibility: S4, SL, Shakespeare, Selecon Pacific\/SPX. Use the frame that matches the fixture family and lens\/accessory size, especially on narrow-angle S4 units where the front accessory format changes.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse it for theatrical color, correction, diffusion, fixture accessory replacement, rental inventory completion, and prepared gel workflows.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e Compatible with S4, SL, Shakespeare, Selecon Pacific\/SPX. Match the host fixture and lens tube\/accessory size before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"ETF-CF137 | KUPO Color Frame for S4, SL, Shakespeare, Selecon Pacific\/SPX\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO ETF-CF137 is a color frame for S4, SL, Shakespeare, Selecon Pacific\/SPX. It gives the fixture a properly sized front accessory holder for gel, diffusion, or compatible color media so the beam can be colored cleanly without loose sheets or improvised clips.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.stage.com.tw\"  },  \"category\": \"Lighting Solution \u003e Lighting Control Accessories \u003e Color Frames\",  \"sku\": \"ETF-CF137\",  \"mpn\": \"ETF-CF137\",  \"material\": \"Metal color frame\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Color frame\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Compatible Fixture\",      \"value\": \"S4 \/ SL \/ Shakespeare \/ Pacific\/SPX\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Accessory Function\",      \"value\": \"Holds gel \/ diffusion media\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Application\",      \"value\": \"Color \/ diffusion \/ gel changes\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"ETF-CF137\" data-category=\"Lighting Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eIs this a gel frame or a light fixture?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eIt is a color frame accessory. It holds gel or compatible media at the front of the host fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhy are there several similar ETF color frames?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eThey fit different fixture families and lens\/accessory sizes. Match the SKU to the host fixture rather than choosing by appearance alone.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003e Can it be used for diffusion as well as color gel?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes, when the media is compatible with the fixture and heat conditions, the frame can hold color or diffusion material.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",  \"mainEntity\": [    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Is this a gel frame or a light fixture?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"It is a color frame accessory. It holds gel or compatible media at the front of the host fixture.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Why are there several similar ETF color frames?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"They fit different fixture families and lens\/accessory sizes. Match the SKU to the host fixture rather than choosing by appearance alone.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Can it be used for diffusion as well as color gel?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Yes, when the media is compatible with the fixture and heat conditions, the frame can hold color or diffusion material.\"      }    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for ETF-CF137 --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Fixture Accessory \/ Color \/ Gel Holding","offer_id":53907499352363,"sku":"ETF-CF137","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/ETF-CF137_b.jpg?v=1782110990"},{"product_id":"etf-cf152","title":"ETF-CF152 - KUPO Color Frame for 6\" LEKO \/ 360Q","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: L-A (Barndoors and PAR accessories) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: Description\/Missing_Markdown\/lighting_solution\/color_frame\/etf-cf152-color-frame-for-6\"-leko-360q.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"ETF-CF152\" data-color=\"NA\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO ETF-CF152 is a color frame for 6 in LEKO, 360Q. It gives the fixture a properly sized front accessory holder for gel, diffusion, or compatible color media so the beam can be colored cleanly without loose sheets or improvised clips.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eA color frame is simple, but the fit has to be right. ETF-CF152 keeps prepared gel media centered at the fixture face, which helps crews label colors, change looks quickly, and avoid disturbing focus during service or show turnaround.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003eSized for 6 in LEKO, 360Q\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eHolds gel, diffusion, or compatible color media flat at the fixture front\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eSupports prepared color changes in theatre, studio, venue, and rental workflows\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eKeeps color media in a repeatable accessory format instead of loose cut sheets\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003ePart of the KUPO ETF \/ EAP lighting-control accessory range\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eHost Fixture\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eHost fixture compatibility: 6 in LEKO, 360Q. Use the frame that matches the fixture family and lens\/accessory size, especially on narrow-angle S4 units where the front accessory format changes.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse it for theatrical color, correction, diffusion, fixture accessory replacement, rental inventory completion, and prepared gel workflows.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e Compatible with 6 in LEKO, 360Q. Match the host fixture and lens tube\/accessory size before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"ETF-CF152 | KUPO Color Frame for 6\\\" LEKO \/ 360Q\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO ETF-CF152 is a color frame for 6\\\" LEKO, 360Q. It gives the fixture a properly sized front accessory holder for gel, diffusion, or compatible color media so the beam can be colored cleanly without loose sheets or improvised clips.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.stage.com.tw\"  },  \"category\": \"Lighting Solution \u003e Lighting Control Accessories \u003e Color Frames\",  \"sku\": \"ETF-CF152\",  \"mpn\": \"ETF-CF152\",  \"material\": \"Metal color frame\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Color frame\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Compatible Fixture\",      \"value\": \"6\\\" LEKO and 360Q fixtures\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Accessory Function\",      \"value\": \"Holds gel \/ diffusion media\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Application\",      \"value\": \"Color filtering \/ accessory setup\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"ETF-CF152\" data-category=\"Lighting Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eIs this a gel frame or a light fixture?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eIt is a color frame accessory. It holds gel or compatible media at the front of the host fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhy are there several similar ETF color frames?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eThey fit different fixture families and lens\/accessory sizes. Match the SKU to the host fixture rather than choosing by appearance alone.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003e Can it be used for diffusion as well as color gel?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes, when the media is compatible with the fixture and heat conditions, the frame can hold color or diffusion material.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",  \"mainEntity\": [    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Is this a gel frame or a light fixture?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"It is a color frame accessory. It holds gel or compatible media at the front of the host fixture.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Why are there several similar ETF color frames?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"They fit different fixture families and lens\/accessory sizes. Match the SKU to the host fixture rather than choosing by appearance alone.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Can it be used for diffusion as well as color gel?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Yes, when the media is compatible with the fixture and heat conditions, the frame can hold color or diffusion material.\"      }    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for ETF-CF152 --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Fixture Accessory \/ Color \/ Gel Holding","offer_id":53907499450667,"sku":"ETF-CF152","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/ETF-CF152_b.jpg?v=1782110991"},{"product_id":"etf-cf172","title":"ETF-CF172 - KUPO Color Frame for S4 Zoom, S4 PAR, ParNel","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: L-A (Barndoors and PAR accessories) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: Description\/Missing_Markdown\/lighting_solution\/color_frame\/etf-cf172-color-frame-for-s4-zoom-s4-par-parnel.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"ETF-CF172\" data-color=\"NA\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO ETF-CF172 is a color frame for S4 Zoom, S4 PAR, ParNel. It gives the fixture a properly sized front accessory holder for gel, diffusion, or compatible color media so the beam can be colored cleanly without loose sheets or improvised clips.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eA color frame is simple, but the fit has to be right. ETF-CF172 keeps prepared gel media centered at the fixture face, which helps crews label colors, change looks quickly, and avoid disturbing focus during service or show turnaround.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003eSized for S4 Zoom, S4 PAR, ParNel\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eHolds gel, diffusion, or compatible color media flat at the fixture front\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eSupports prepared color changes in theatre, studio, venue, and rental workflows\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eKeeps color media in a repeatable accessory format instead of loose cut sheets\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003ePart of the KUPO ETF \/ EAP lighting-control accessory range\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eHost Fixture\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eHost fixture compatibility: S4 Zoom, S4 PAR, ParNel. Use the frame that matches the fixture family and lens\/accessory size, especially on narrow-angle S4 units where the front accessory format changes.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse it for theatrical color, correction, diffusion, fixture accessory replacement, rental inventory completion, and prepared gel workflows.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e Compatible with S4 Zoom, S4 PAR, ParNel. Match the host fixture and lens tube\/accessory size before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"ETF-CF172 | KUPO Color Frame for S4 Zoom, S4 PAR, ParNel\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO ETF-CF172 is a color frame for S4 Zoom, S4 PAR, ParNel. It gives the fixture a properly sized front accessory holder for gel, diffusion, or compatible color media so the beam can be colored cleanly without loose sheets or improvised clips.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.stage.com.tw\"  },  \"category\": \"Lighting Solution \u003e Lighting Control Accessories \u003e Color Frames\",  \"sku\": \"ETF-CF172\",  \"mpn\": \"ETF-CF172\",  \"material\": \"Metal color frame\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Color frame\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Compatible Fixture\",      \"value\": \"S4 Zoom \/ S4 PAR \/ ParNel\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Accessory Function\",      \"value\": \"Holds gel \/ diffusion media\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Application\",      \"value\": \"Color \/ diffusion accessory setup\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"ETF-CF172\" data-category=\"Lighting Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eIs this a gel frame or a light fixture?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eIt is a color frame accessory. It holds gel or compatible media at the front of the host fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhy are there several similar ETF color frames?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eThey fit different fixture families and lens\/accessory sizes. Match the SKU to the host fixture rather than choosing by appearance alone.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003e Can it be used for diffusion as well as color gel?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes, when the media is compatible with the fixture and heat conditions, the frame can hold color or diffusion material.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",  \"mainEntity\": [    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Is this a gel frame or a light fixture?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"It is a color frame accessory. It holds gel or compatible media at the front of the host fixture.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Why are there several similar ETF color frames?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"They fit different fixture families and lens\/accessory sizes. Match the SKU to the host fixture rather than choosing by appearance alone.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Can it be used for diffusion as well as color gel?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Yes, when the media is compatible with the fixture and heat conditions, the frame can hold color or diffusion material.\"      }    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for ETF-CF172 --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Fixture Accessory \/ Color \/ Gel Holding","offer_id":53907499483435,"sku":"ETF-CF172","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/ETF-CF172_b.jpg?v=1782110991"},{"product_id":"etf-cf203","title":"ETF-CF203 - KUPO Color Frame for PAR64","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: L-A (Barndoors and PAR accessories) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: Description\/Missing_Markdown\/lighting_solution\/color_frame\/etf-cf203-color-frame-for-par64.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"ETF-CF203\" data-color=\"NA\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO ETF-CF203 is a color frame for PAR64. It gives the fixture a properly sized front accessory holder for gel, diffusion, or compatible color media so the beam can be colored cleanly without loose sheets or improvised clips.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eA color frame is simple, but the fit has to be right. ETF-CF203 keeps prepared gel media centered at the fixture face, which helps crews label colors, change looks quickly, and avoid disturbing focus during service or show turnaround.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003eSized for PAR64\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eHolds gel, diffusion, or compatible color media flat at the fixture front\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eSupports prepared color changes in theatre, studio, venue, and rental workflows\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eKeeps color media in a repeatable accessory format instead of loose cut sheets\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003ePart of the KUPO ETF \/ EAP lighting-control accessory range\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eHost Fixture\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eHost fixture compatibility: PAR64. Use the frame that matches the fixture family and lens\/accessory size, especially on narrow-angle S4 units where the front accessory format changes.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse it for theatrical color, correction, diffusion, fixture accessory replacement, rental inventory completion, and prepared gel workflows.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e Compatible with PAR64. Match the host fixture and lens tube\/accessory size before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"ETF-CF203 | KUPO Color Frame for PAR64\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO ETF-CF203 is a color frame for PAR64. It gives the fixture a properly sized front accessory holder for gel, diffusion, or compatible color media so the beam can be colored cleanly without loose sheets or improvised clips.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.stage.com.tw\"  },  \"category\": \"Lighting Solution \u003e Lighting Control Accessories \u003e Color Frames\",  \"sku\": \"ETF-CF203\",  \"mpn\": \"ETF-CF203\",  \"material\": \"Metal color frame\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Color frame\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Compatible Fixture\",      \"value\": \"PAR64\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Accessory Function\",      \"value\": \"Holds gel \/ diffusion media\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Application\",      \"value\": \"PAR64 color filtering\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"ETF-CF203\" data-category=\"Lighting Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eIs this a gel frame or a light fixture?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eIt is a color frame accessory. It holds gel or compatible media at the front of the host fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhy are there several similar ETF color frames?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eThey fit different fixture families and lens\/accessory sizes. Match the SKU to the host fixture rather than choosing by appearance alone.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003e Can it be used for diffusion as well as color gel?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes, when the media is compatible with the fixture and heat conditions, the frame can hold color or diffusion material.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",  \"mainEntity\": [    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Is this a gel frame or a light fixture?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"It is a color frame accessory. It holds gel or compatible media at the front of the host fixture.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Why are there several similar ETF color frames?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"They fit different fixture families and lens\/accessory sizes. Match the SKU to the host fixture rather than choosing by appearance alone.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Can it be used for diffusion as well as color gel?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Yes, when the media is compatible with the fixture and heat conditions, the frame can hold color or diffusion material.\"      }    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for ETF-CF203 --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Fixture Accessory \/ Color \/ Gel Holding","offer_id":53907501187371,"sku":"ETF-CF203","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/ETF-CF203_b.jpg?v=1782110992"},{"product_id":"etf-cf254","title":"ETF-CF254 - KUPO Color Frame for S4 10° \/ SL 10°","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: L-A (Barndoors and PAR accessories) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: Description\/Missing_Markdown\/lighting_solution\/color_frame\/etf-cf254-color-frame-for-s4-10°-sl-10°.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"ETF-CF254\" data-color=\"NA\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO ETF-CF254 is a color frame for S4 10°, SL 10°. It gives the fixture a properly sized front accessory holder for gel, diffusion, or compatible color media so the beam can be colored cleanly without loose sheets or improvised clips.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eA color frame is simple, but the fit has to be right. ETF-CF254 keeps prepared gel media centered at the fixture face, which helps crews label colors, change looks quickly, and avoid disturbing focus during service or show turnaround. Long-throw 10° fixtures especially need the correct frame because their front accessory sizes are not interchangeable with common mid-angle units.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003eSized for S4 10°, SL 10°\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eHolds gel, diffusion, or compatible color media flat at the fixture front\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eSupports prepared color changes in theatre, studio, venue, and rental workflows\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eKeeps color media in a repeatable accessory format instead of loose cut sheets\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003ePart of the KUPO ETF \/ EAP lighting-control accessory range\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eHost Fixture\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eHost fixture compatibility: S4 10°, SL 10°. Use the frame that matches the fixture family and lens\/accessory size, especially on narrow-angle S4 units where the front accessory format changes.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse it for theatrical color, correction, diffusion, fixture accessory replacement, rental inventory completion, and prepared gel workflows.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e Compatible with S4 10°, SL 10°. Match the host fixture and lens tube\/accessory size before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"ETF-CF254 | KUPO Color Frame for S4 10° \/ SL 10°\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO ETF-CF254 is a color frame for S4 10°, SL 10°. It gives the fixture a properly sized front accessory holder for gel, diffusion, or compatible color media so the beam can be colored cleanly without loose sheets or improvised clips.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.stage.com.tw\"  },  \"category\": \"Lighting Solution \u003e Lighting Control Accessories \u003e Color Frames\",  \"sku\": \"ETF-CF254\",  \"mpn\": \"ETF-CF254\",  \"material\": \"Metal color frame\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Color frame\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Compatible Fixture\",      \"value\": \"S4 10° and SL 10° fixtures\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Accessory Function\",      \"value\": \"Holds gel \/ diffusion media\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Application\",      \"value\": \"Color \/ correction \/ diffusion media\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"ETF-CF254\" data-category=\"Lighting Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eIs this a gel frame or a light fixture?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eIt is a color frame accessory. It holds gel or compatible media at the front of the host fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhy are there several similar ETF color frames?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eThey fit different fixture families and lens\/accessory sizes. Match the SKU to the host fixture rather than choosing by appearance alone.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003e Can it be used for diffusion as well as color gel?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes, when the media is compatible with the fixture and heat conditions, the frame can hold color or diffusion material.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",  \"mainEntity\": [    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Is this a gel frame or a light fixture?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"It is a color frame accessory. It holds gel or compatible media at the front of the host fixture.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Why are there several similar ETF color frames?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"They fit different fixture families and lens\/accessory sizes. Match the SKU to the host fixture rather than choosing by appearance alone.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Can it be used for diffusion as well as color gel?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Yes, when the media is compatible with the fixture and heat conditions, the frame can hold color or diffusion material.\"      }    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for ETF-CF254 --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Fixture Accessory \/ Color \/ Gel Holding","offer_id":53907501220139,"sku":"ETF-CF254","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/ETF-CF254_b.jpg?v=1782110993"},{"product_id":"etf-cf304","title":"ETF-CF304 - KUPO Color Frame for S4 5°","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: L-A (Barndoors and PAR accessories) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: Description\/Missing_Markdown\/lighting_solution\/color_frame\/etf-cf304-color-frame-for-s4-5°.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"ETF-CF304\" data-color=\"NA\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO ETF-CF304 is a color frame for S4 5°. It gives the fixture a properly sized front accessory holder for gel, diffusion, or compatible color media so the beam can be colored cleanly without loose sheets or improvised clips.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eA color frame is simple, but the fit has to be right. ETF-CF304 keeps prepared gel media centered at the fixture face, which helps crews label colors, change looks quickly, and avoid disturbing focus during service or show turnaround. The 5° lens tube is a very narrow long-throw setup, so the frame choice should be treated as a specific accessory match.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003eSized for S4 5°\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eHolds gel, diffusion, or compatible color media flat at the fixture front\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eSupports prepared color changes in theatre, studio, venue, and rental workflows\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eKeeps color media in a repeatable accessory format instead of loose cut sheets\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003ePart of the KUPO ETF \/ EAP lighting-control accessory range\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eHost Fixture\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eHost fixture compatibility: S4 5°. Use the frame that matches the fixture family and lens\/accessory size, especially on narrow-angle S4 units where the front accessory format changes.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse it for theatrical color, correction, diffusion, fixture accessory replacement, rental inventory completion, and prepared gel workflows.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e Compatible with S4 5°. Match the host fixture and lens tube\/accessory size before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"ETF-CF304 | KUPO Color Frame for S4 5°\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO ETF-CF304 is a color frame for S4 5°. It gives the fixture a properly sized front accessory holder for gel, diffusion, or compatible color media so the beam can be colored cleanly without loose sheets or improvised clips.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.stage.com.tw\"  },  \"category\": \"Lighting Solution \u003e Lighting Control Accessories \u003e Color Frames\",  \"sku\": \"ETF-CF304\",  \"mpn\": \"ETF-CF304\",  \"material\": \"Metal color frame\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Color frame\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Compatible Fixture\",      \"value\": \"S4 5° fixtures\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Accessory Function\",      \"value\": \"Holds gel \/ diffusion media\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Application\",      \"value\": \"Long-throw color\/diffusion control\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"ETF-CF304\" data-category=\"Lighting Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eIs this a gel frame or a light fixture?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eIt is a color frame accessory. It holds gel or compatible media at the front of the host fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhy are there several similar ETF color frames?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eThey fit different fixture families and lens\/accessory sizes. Match the SKU to the host fixture rather than choosing by appearance alone.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003e Can it be used for diffusion as well as color gel?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes, when the media is compatible with the fixture and heat conditions, the frame can hold color or diffusion material.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",  \"mainEntity\": [    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Is this a gel frame or a light fixture?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"It is a color frame accessory. It holds gel or compatible media at the front of the host fixture.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Why are there several similar ETF color frames?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"They fit different fixture families and lens\/accessory sizes. Match the SKU to the host fixture rather than choosing by appearance alone.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Can it be used for diffusion as well as color gel?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Yes, when the media is compatible with the fixture and heat conditions, the frame can hold color or diffusion material.\"      }    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for ETF-CF304 --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Fixture Accessory \/ Color \/ Gel Holding","offer_id":53907501285675,"sku":"ETF-CF304","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/ETF-CF304_b.jpg?v=1782110994"},{"product_id":"etf-dt3","title":"Donut for S4 10° (ETF-DT3)","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: L-A --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: etf-dt3-donut-for-s4-10.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title {  margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0;  font-size: 22px !important;  font-weight: 700;  line-height: 1.3;  color: #2C3E50 !important;  letter-spacing: 0;}.product-description h3 {  color: #2C3E50 !important;  font-size: 18px !important;  font-weight: bold;  margin-top: 1.5rem;  margin-bottom: 0.75rem;  line-height: 1.35;  letter-spacing: 0;}.product-description,.product-description p,.product-description li {  color: #222222 !important;}\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"ETF-DT3\" data-color=\"Matt black\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe ETF-DT3 is a donut accessory for S4 10° and SL 10° fixtures, made to give lighting crews a specific front-end accessory matched to the fixture rather than a rough substitute. It supports beam control, image projection, glare reduction, or lamp service depending on the host fixture, keeping the accessory choice tied to the optical path and the way the fixture is actually used.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe narrow 10° optic is already precise, so stray flare can be very obvious around projected patterns. This donut helps tighten the image edge without asking the fixture to do something its lens tube cannot solve alone.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Flat ring aperture reduces lens flare and unwanted scatter around projected patterns.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eMatt black finish keeps reflections low at the fixture face.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eHost-specific compatibility helps the donut sit correctly in the accessory path.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eUseful for sharpening gobos, logos, and pattern projection compared with an unaccessorised fixture.\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eHost Fixture\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eDesigned for S4 10° and SL 10° fixtures. Lens flare \/ pattern sharpening\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eA practical accessory for theatre, broadcast, studio, rental-house, education, worship, and venue lighting systems where fixture-specific parts need to fit correctly and survive repeated handling.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eDesigned for S4 10° and SL 10° fixtures; match host fixture model and accessory slot before use, especially when matching older fixtures or mixed-brand inventories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"Donut for S4 10° (ETF-DT3)\",  \"description\": \"The ETF-DT3 is a donut accessory for S4 10° and SL 10° fixtures, made to give lighting crews a specific front-end accessory matched to the fixture rather than a rough substitute. It supports beam control, image projection, glare reduction, or lamp service depending on the host fixture, keeping the accessory choice tied to the optical path and the way the fixture is actually used.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\"  },  \"category\": \"Lighting Solution \u003e Barndoors \u0026 PAR Accessories\",  \"sku\": \"ETF-DT3\",  \"mpn\": \"ETF-DT3\",  \"color\": \"Matt black\",  \"material\": \"Painted metal\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Donut accessory\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Compatible Fixture\",      \"value\": \"S4 10° and SL 10° fixtures\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Accessory Function\",      \"value\": \"Lens flare \/ pattern sharpening\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Material\",      \"value\": \"Painted metal\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Finish\",      \"value\": \"Matt black\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-section {  margin-top: 2rem;}.kupo-faq-seo-item {  margin-bottom: 1.25rem;}.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 {  color: #2C3E50 !important;  font-size: 17px !important;  font-weight: 600;  margin-bottom: 0.4rem;  line-height: 1.35;  letter-spacing: 0;}.kupo-faq-seo-item p {  color: #222222 !important;  margin-top: 0;}\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-section\"\u003e  \u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eIs this the same thing as a top hat?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eNo. A top hat is a cylindrical snoot for glare control, while a donut is a flat aperture used mainly to sharpen pattern projection.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWill it make every gobo perfectly sharp?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eIt helps reduce scatter and flare, but final sharpness still depends on the lens tube, focus, gobo quality, and throw distance.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003e Can I use it on a different fixture?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eUse it only where the host compatibility matches, because the aperture and accessory fit are fixture-specific.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",  \"mainEntity\": [    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Is this the same thing as a top hat?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"No. A top hat is a cylindrical snoot for glare control, while a donut is a flat aperture used mainly to sharpen pattern projection.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Will it make every gobo perfectly sharp?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"It helps reduce scatter and flare, but final sharpness still depends on the lens tube, focus, gobo quality, and throw distance.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Can I use it on a different fixture?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Use it only where the host compatibility matches, because the aperture and accessory fit are fixture-specific.\"      }    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Beam Control Accessory \/ Donut","offer_id":53907501351211,"sku":"ETF-DT3","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/ETF-DT3_b.jpg?v=1782110995"},{"product_id":"etf-dt6","title":"Donut for 6\" LEKO (ETF-DT6)","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: L-A --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: etf-dt6-donut-for-6-leko.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title {  margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0;  font-size: 22px !important;  font-weight: 700;  line-height: 1.3;  color: #2C3E50 !important;  letter-spacing: 0;}.product-description h3 {  color: #2C3E50 !important;  font-size: 18px !important;  font-weight: bold;  margin-top: 1.5rem;  margin-bottom: 0.75rem;  line-height: 1.35;  letter-spacing: 0;}.product-description,.product-description p,.product-description li {  color: #222222 !important;}\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"ETF-DT6\" data-color=\"Matt black\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe ETF-DT6 is a donut accessory for 6 in LEKO \/ 360Q, made to give lighting crews a specific front-end accessory matched to the fixture rather than a rough substitute. It supports beam control, image projection, glare reduction, or lamp service depending on the host fixture, keeping the accessory choice tied to the optical path and the way the fixture is actually used.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eOlder LEKO-style fixtures still do real work in theatres and schools, and pattern clarity often depends on controlling scatter at the accessory slot. This donut is a simple way to clean up projection without rebuilding the fixture package.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Flat ring aperture reduces lens flare and unwanted scatter around projected patterns.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eMatt black finish keeps reflections low at the fixture face.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eHost-specific compatibility helps the donut sit correctly in the accessory path.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eUseful for sharpening gobos, logos, and pattern projection compared with an unaccessorised fixture.\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eHost Fixture\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eDesigned for 6 in LEKO \/ 360Q. Lens flare \/ pattern sharpening\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eA practical accessory for theatre, broadcast, studio, rental-house, education, worship, and venue lighting systems where fixture-specific parts need to fit correctly and survive repeated handling.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eDesigned for 6 in LEKO \/ 360Q; match host fixture model and accessory slot before use, especially when matching older fixtures or mixed-brand inventories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"Donut for 6\\\" LEKO (ETF-DT6)\",  \"description\": \"The ETF-DT6 is a donut accessory for 6\\\" LEKO and 360Q fixtures, made to give lighting crews a specific front-end accessory matched to the fixture rather than a rough substitute. It supports beam control, image projection, glare reduction, or lamp service depending on the host fixture, keeping the accessory choice tied to the optical path and the way the fixture is actually used.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\"  },  \"category\": \"Lighting Solution \u003e Barndoors \u0026 PAR Accessories\",  \"sku\": \"ETF-DT6\",  \"mpn\": \"ETF-DT6\",  \"color\": \"Matt black\",  \"material\": \"Painted metal\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Donut accessory\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Compatible Fixture\",      \"value\": \"6 in LEKO \/ 360Q\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Accessory Function\",      \"value\": \"Lens flare \/ pattern sharpening\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Material\",      \"value\": \"Painted metal\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Finish\",      \"value\": \"Matt black\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-section {  margin-top: 2rem;}.kupo-faq-seo-item {  margin-bottom: 1.25rem;}.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 {  color: #2C3E50 !important;  font-size: 17px !important;  font-weight: 600;  margin-bottom: 0.4rem;  line-height: 1.35;  letter-spacing: 0;}.kupo-faq-seo-item p {  color: #222222 !important;  margin-top: 0;}\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-section\"\u003e  \u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eIs this the same thing as a top hat?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eNo. A top hat is a cylindrical snoot for glare control, while a donut is a flat aperture used mainly to sharpen pattern projection.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWill it make every gobo perfectly sharp?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eIt helps reduce scatter and flare, but final sharpness still depends on the lens tube, focus, gobo quality, and throw distance.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003e Can I use it on a different fixture?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eUse it only where the host compatibility matches, because the aperture and accessory fit are fixture-specific.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",  \"mainEntity\": [    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Is this the same thing as a top hat?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"No. A top hat is a cylindrical snoot for glare control, while a donut is a flat aperture used mainly to sharpen pattern projection.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Will it make every gobo perfectly sharp?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"It helps reduce scatter and flare, but final sharpness still depends on the lens tube, focus, gobo quality, and throw distance.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Can I use it on a different fixture?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Use it only where the host compatibility matches, because the aperture and accessory fit are fixture-specific.\"      }    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Beam Control Accessory \/ Donut","offer_id":53907501416747,"sku":"ETF-DT6","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/ETF-DT6_b.jpg?v=1782110995"},{"product_id":"etf-dt7","title":"Donut for S4 5° (ETF-DT7)","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: L-A --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: etf-dt7-donut-for-s4-5.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title {  margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0;  font-size: 22px !important;  font-weight: 700;  line-height: 1.3;  color: #2C3E50 !important;  letter-spacing: 0;}.product-description h3 {  color: #2C3E50 !important;  font-size: 18px !important;  font-weight: bold;  margin-top: 1.5rem;  margin-bottom: 0.75rem;  line-height: 1.35;  letter-spacing: 0;}.product-description,.product-description p,.product-description li {  color: #222222 !important;}\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"ETF-DT7\" data-color=\"Matt black\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe ETF-DT7 is a donut accessory for S4 5° fixtures, made to give lighting crews a specific front-end accessory matched to the fixture rather than a rough substitute. It supports beam control, image projection, glare reduction, or lamp service depending on the host fixture, keeping the accessory choice tied to the optical path and the way the fixture is actually used.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eA 5° beam is often used for long throws or very specific specials, where any flare around the projected image becomes easy to see. This donut helps keep that narrow beam looking disciplined at distance.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Flat ring aperture reduces lens flare and unwanted scatter around projected patterns.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eMatt black finish keeps reflections low at the fixture face.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eHost-specific compatibility helps the donut sit correctly in the accessory path.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eUseful for sharpening gobos, logos, and pattern projection compared with an unaccessorised fixture.\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eHost Fixture\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eDesigned for S4 5° fixtures. Lens flare \/ pattern sharpening\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eA practical accessory for theatre, broadcast, studio, rental-house, education, worship, and venue lighting systems where fixture-specific parts need to fit correctly and survive repeated handling.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eDesigned for S4 5° fixtures; match host fixture model and accessory slot before use, especially when matching older fixtures or mixed-brand inventories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"Donut for S4 5° (ETF-DT7)\",  \"description\": \"The ETF-DT7 is a donut accessory for S4 5° fixtures, made to give lighting crews a specific front-end accessory matched to the fixture rather than a rough substitute. It supports beam control, image projection, glare reduction, or lamp service depending on the host fixture, keeping the accessory choice tied to the optical path and the way the fixture is actually used.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\"  },  \"category\": \"Lighting Solution \u003e Barndoors \u0026 PAR Accessories\",  \"sku\": \"ETF-DT7\",  \"mpn\": \"ETF-DT7\",  \"color\": \"Matt black\",  \"material\": \"Painted metal\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Donut accessory\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Compatible Fixture\",      \"value\": \"S4 5° fixtures\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Accessory Function\",      \"value\": \"Lens flare \/ pattern sharpening\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Material\",      \"value\": \"Painted metal\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Finish\",      \"value\": \"Matt black\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-section {  margin-top: 2rem;}.kupo-faq-seo-item {  margin-bottom: 1.25rem;}.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 {  color: #2C3E50 !important;  font-size: 17px !important;  font-weight: 600;  margin-bottom: 0.4rem;  line-height: 1.35;  letter-spacing: 0;}.kupo-faq-seo-item p {  color: #222222 !important;  margin-top: 0;}\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-section\"\u003e  \u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eIs this the same thing as a top hat?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eNo. A top hat is a cylindrical snoot for glare control, while a donut is a flat aperture used mainly to sharpen pattern projection.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWill it make every gobo perfectly sharp?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eIt helps reduce scatter and flare, but final sharpness still depends on the lens tube, focus, gobo quality, and throw distance.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003e Can I use it on a different fixture?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eUse it only where the host compatibility matches, because the aperture and accessory fit are fixture-specific.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",  \"mainEntity\": [    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Is this the same thing as a top hat?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"No. A top hat is a cylindrical snoot for glare control, while a donut is a flat aperture used mainly to sharpen pattern projection.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Will it make every gobo perfectly sharp?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"It helps reduce scatter and flare, but final sharpness still depends on the lens tube, focus, gobo quality, and throw distance.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Can I use it on a different fixture?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Use it only where the host compatibility matches, because the aperture and accessory fit are fixture-specific.\"      }    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Beam Control Accessory \/ Donut","offer_id":53907501515051,"sku":"ETF-DT7","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/ETF-DT7_b.jpg?v=1782110997"},{"product_id":"etf-dt","title":"Donut for S4 (ETF-DT)","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: L-A --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: etf-dt-donut-for-s4.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title {  margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0;  font-size: 22px !important;  font-weight: 700;  line-height: 1.3;  color: #2C3E50 !important;  letter-spacing: 0;}.product-description h3 {  color: #2C3E50 !important;  font-size: 18px !important;  font-weight: bold;  margin-top: 1.5rem;  margin-bottom: 0.75rem;  line-height: 1.35;  letter-spacing: 0;}.product-description,.product-description p,.product-description li {  color: #222222 !important;}\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"ETF-DT\" data-color=\"Matt black\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe ETF-DT is a donut accessory for S4 \/ SL \/ Shakespeare \/ Pacific\/SPX, made to give lighting crews a specific front-end accessory matched to the fixture rather than a rough substitute. It supports beam control, image projection, glare reduction, or lamp service depending on the host fixture, keeping the accessory choice tied to the optical path and the way the fixture is actually used.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThis is the general-purpose donut in the family, useful when a designer wants cleaner pattern projection across several common ellipsoidal platforms. It is the small accessory that makes gobo work look more intentional from the house.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Flat ring aperture reduces lens flare and unwanted scatter around projected patterns.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eMatt black finish keeps reflections low at the fixture face.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eHost-specific compatibility helps the donut sit correctly in the accessory path.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eUseful for sharpening gobos, logos, and pattern projection compared with an unaccessorised fixture.\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eHost Fixture\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eDesigned for S4 \/ SL \/ Shakespeare \/ Pacific\/SPX. Lens flare \/ pattern sharpening\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eA practical accessory for theatre, broadcast, studio, rental-house, education, worship, and venue lighting systems where fixture-specific parts need to fit correctly and survive repeated handling.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eDesigned for S4 \/ SL \/ Shakespeare \/ Pacific\/SPX; match host fixture model and accessory slot before use, especially when matching older fixtures or mixed-brand inventories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"Donut for S4 (ETF-DT)\",  \"description\": \"The ETF-DT is a donut accessory for S4 \/ SL \/ Shakespeare \/ Pacific\/SPX, made to give lighting crews a specific front-end accessory matched to the fixture rather than a rough substitute. It supports beam control, image projection, glare reduction, or lamp service depending on the host fixture, keeping the accessory choice tied to the optical path and the way the fixture is actually used.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\"  },  \"category\": \"Lighting Solution \u003e Barndoors \u0026 PAR Accessories\",  \"sku\": \"ETF-DT\",  \"mpn\": \"ETF-DT\",  \"color\": \"Matt black\",  \"material\": \"Painted metal\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Donut accessory\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Compatible Fixture\",      \"value\": \"S4 \/ SL \/ Shakespeare \/ Pacific\/SPX\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Accessory Function\",      \"value\": \"Lens flare \/ pattern sharpening\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Material\",      \"value\": \"Painted metal\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Finish\",      \"value\": \"Matt black\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-section {  margin-top: 2rem;}.kupo-faq-seo-item {  margin-bottom: 1.25rem;}.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 {  color: #2C3E50 !important;  font-size: 17px !important;  font-weight: 600;  margin-bottom: 0.4rem;  line-height: 1.35;  letter-spacing: 0;}.kupo-faq-seo-item p {  color: #222222 !important;  margin-top: 0;}\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-section\"\u003e  \u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eIs this the same thing as a top hat?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eNo. A top hat is a cylindrical snoot for glare control, while a donut is a flat aperture used mainly to sharpen pattern projection.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWill it make every gobo perfectly sharp?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eIt helps reduce scatter and flare, but final sharpness still depends on the lens tube, focus, gobo quality, and throw distance.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003e Can I use it on a different fixture?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eUse it only where the host compatibility matches, because the aperture and accessory fit are fixture-specific.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",  \"mainEntity\": [    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Is this the same thing as a top hat?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"No. A top hat is a cylindrical snoot for glare control, while a donut is a flat aperture used mainly to sharpen pattern projection.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Will it make every gobo perfectly sharp?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"It helps reduce scatter and flare, but final sharpness still depends on the lens tube, focus, gobo quality, and throw distance.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Can I use it on a different fixture?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Use it only where the host compatibility matches, because the aperture and accessory fit are fixture-specific.\"      }    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Beam Control Accessory \/ Donut","offer_id":53907501580587,"sku":"ETF-DT","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/ETF-DT_b.jpg?v=1782110997"},{"product_id":"etf-gh","title":"82 mm OD Glass Gobo Slot Pattern Holder for S4 (ETF-GH)","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: L-A --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: etf-gh-82 mm-od-glass-gobo-slot-pattern-holder-for-s4.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title {  margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0;  font-size: 22px !important;  font-weight: 700;  line-height: 1.3;  color: #2C3E50 !important;  letter-spacing: 0;}.product-description h3 {  color: #2C3E50 !important;  font-size: 18px !important;  font-weight: bold;  margin-top: 1.5rem;  margin-bottom: 0.75rem;  line-height: 1.35;  letter-spacing: 0;}.product-description,.product-description p,.product-description li {  color: #222222 !important;}\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"ETF-GH\" data-color=\"Metal frame\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe ETF-GH is a glass gobo slot pattern holder for S4, made to give lighting crews a specific front-end accessory matched to the fixture rather than a rough substitute. It supports beam control, image projection, glare reduction, or lamp service depending on the host fixture, keeping the accessory choice tied to the optical path and the way the fixture is actually used.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003ePattern projection depends on the gobo sitting flat, centered, and secure through heat and handling. A proper holder is the quiet part of the optical system that keeps a logo, texture, or scenic image from shifting during the show.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e82 mm OD glass gobo slot format matches the intended host fixture and gobo type.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eMetal frame holds the gobo steady through normal fixture heat and handling.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eHeat-resistant plastic knob supports tool-free insertion and removal.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eDesigned for image projection work where a loose or warped pattern would be visible immediately.\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eHost Fixture\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eDesigned for S4. 82 mm OD glass gobo slot\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eA practical accessory for theatre, broadcast, studio, rental-house, education, worship, and venue lighting systems where fixture-specific parts need to fit correctly and survive repeated handling.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eDesigned for S4; match host fixture model and accessory slot before use, especially when matching older fixtures or mixed-brand inventories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"82 mm OD Glass Gobo Slot Pattern Holder for S4 (ETF-GH)\",  \"description\": \"The ETF-GH is a glass gobo slot pattern holder for S4, made to give lighting crews a specific front-end accessory matched to the fixture rather than a rough substitute. It supports beam control, image projection, glare reduction, or lamp service depending on the host fixture, keeping the accessory choice tied to the optical path and the way the fixture is actually used.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\"  },  \"category\": \"Lighting Solution \u003e Barndoors \u0026 PAR Accessories\",  \"sku\": \"ETF-GH\",  \"mpn\": \"ETF-GH\",  \"color\": \"Metal frame\",  \"material\": \"Metal frame, heat-resistant knob\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Glass gobo slot pattern holder\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Compatible Fixture\",      \"value\": \"S4\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Accessory Function\",      \"value\": \"82 mm OD glass gobo slot\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Material\",      \"value\": \"Metal frame, heat-resistant knob\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Finish\",      \"value\": \"Metal frame\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-section {  margin-top: 2rem;}.kupo-faq-seo-item {  margin-bottom: 1.25rem;}.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 {  color: #2C3E50 !important;  font-size: 17px !important;  font-weight: 600;  margin-bottom: 0.4rem;  line-height: 1.35;  letter-spacing: 0;}.kupo-faq-seo-item p {  color: #222222 !important;  margin-top: 0;}\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-section\"\u003e  \u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003e Can this hold both metal and glass gobos?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eIt is intended for glass gobos in the slot, especially when full-color or photographic imagery is required.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhy does the holder size matter?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eThe gobo must sit in the correct focal plane and accessory slot. The wrong holder can place the image incorrectly or fail to fit the fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003e Can the gobo be changed without tools?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes. The heat-resistant plastic knob is designed for tool-free insertion and removal.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",  \"mainEntity\": [    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Can this hold both metal and glass gobos?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"It is intended for glass gobos in the slot, especially when full-color or photographic imagery is required.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Why does the holder size matter?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"The gobo must sit in the correct focal plane and accessory slot. The wrong holder can place the image incorrectly or fail to fit the fixture.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Can the gobo be changed without tools?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Yes. The heat-resistant plastic knob is designed for tool-free insertion and removal.\"      }    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Fixture Accessory \/ Pattern \/ Gobo Holding","offer_id":53907501613355,"sku":"ETF-GH","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/ETF-GH_b.jpg?v=1782110998"},{"product_id":"etf-ghd","title":"86 mm OD Glass Gobo Slot Pattern Holder for Selecon Pacific\/SPX (ETF-GHD)","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: L-A --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: etf-ghd-86 mm-od-glass-gobo-slot-pattern-holder-for-selec.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title {  margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0;  font-size: 22px !important;  font-weight: 700;  line-height: 1.3;  color: #2C3E50 !important;  letter-spacing: 0;}.product-description h3 {  color: #2C3E50 !important;  font-size: 18px !important;  font-weight: bold;  margin-top: 1.5rem;  margin-bottom: 0.75rem;  line-height: 1.35;  letter-spacing: 0;}.product-description,.product-description p,.product-description li {  color: #222222 !important;}\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"ETF-GHD\" data-color=\"Metal frame\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe ETF-GHD is a glass gobo slot pattern holder for Selecon Pacific\/SPX, made to give lighting crews a specific front-end accessory matched to the fixture rather than a rough substitute. It supports beam control, image projection, glare reduction, or lamp service depending on the host fixture, keeping the accessory choice tied to the optical path and the way the fixture is actually used.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003ePattern projection depends on the gobo sitting flat, centered, and secure through heat and handling. A proper holder is the quiet part of the optical system that keeps a logo, texture, or scenic image from shifting during the show.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e86 mm OD glass gobo slot format matches the intended host fixture and gobo type.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eMetal frame holds the gobo steady through normal fixture heat and handling.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eHeat-resistant plastic knob supports tool-free insertion and removal.\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eDesigned for image projection work where a loose or warped pattern would be visible immediately.\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eHost Fixture\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eDesigned for Selecon Pacific\/SPX. 86 mm OD glass gobo slot\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eA practical accessory for theatre, broadcast, studio, rental-house, education, worship, and venue lighting systems where fixture-specific parts need to fit correctly and survive repeated handling.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eDesigned for Selecon Pacific\/SPX; match host fixture model and accessory slot before use, especially when matching older fixtures or mixed-brand inventories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"86 mm OD Glass Gobo Slot Pattern Holder for Selecon Pacific\/SPX (ETF-GHD)\",  \"description\": \"The ETF-GHD is a glass gobo slot pattern holder for Selecon Pacific\/SPX, made to give lighting crews a specific front-end accessory matched to the fixture rather than a rough substitute. It supports beam control, image projection, glare reduction, or lamp service depending on the host fixture, keeping the accessory choice tied to the optical path and the way the fixture is actually used.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\"  },  \"category\": \"Lighting Solution \u003e Barndoors \u0026 PAR Accessories\",  \"sku\": \"ETF-GHD\",  \"mpn\": \"ETF-GHD\",  \"color\": \"Metal frame\",  \"material\": \"Metal frame, heat-resistant knob\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Glass gobo slot pattern holder\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Compatible Fixture\",      \"value\": \"Selecon Pacific\/SPX\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Accessory Function\",      \"value\": \"86 mm OD glass gobo slot\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Material\",      \"value\": \"Metal frame, heat-resistant knob\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Finish\",      \"value\": \"Metal frame\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-section {  margin-top: 2rem;}.kupo-faq-seo-item {  margin-bottom: 1.25rem;}.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 {  color: #2C3E50 !important;  font-size: 17px !important;  font-weight: 600;  margin-bottom: 0.4rem;  line-height: 1.35;  letter-spacing: 0;}.kupo-faq-seo-item p {  color: #222222 !important;  margin-top: 0;}\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-section\"\u003e  \u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003e Can this hold both metal and glass gobos?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eIt is intended for glass gobos in the slot, especially when full-color or photographic imagery is required.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhy does the holder size matter?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eThe gobo must sit in the correct focal plane and accessory slot. The wrong holder can place the image incorrectly or fail to fit the fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003e Can the gobo be changed without tools?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes. The heat-resistant plastic knob is designed for tool-free insertion and removal.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",  \"mainEntity\": [    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Can this hold both metal and glass gobos?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"It is intended for glass gobos in the slot, especially when full-color or photographic imagery is required.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Why does the holder size matter?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"The gobo must sit in the correct focal plane and accessory slot. The wrong holder can place the image incorrectly or fail to fit the fixture.\"      }    },    {      \"@type\": \"Question\",      \"name\": \"Can the gobo be changed without tools?\",      \"acceptedAnswer\": {        \"@type\": \"Answer\",        \"text\": \"Yes. The heat-resistant plastic knob is designed for tool-free insertion and removal.\"      }    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Fixture Accessory \/ Pattern \/ Gobo Holding","offer_id":53907501908267,"sku":"ETF-GHD","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/ETF-GHD_b.jpg?v=1782110999"}],"url":"https:\/\/kupostage.com\/collections\/lighting-solution.oembed?page=4","provider":"KUPO Stage","version":"1.0","type":"link"}